General + Definite Purpose Contactors

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "General + Definite Purpose Contactors"

Transcription

1 General + Definite Purpose Contactors General Information... 2 Horse Power Rating Charts... 4 Contact Life... 8 Contactor Number Structure... Contactors Series C8 Miniature Contactors and Starters... 3 ccessories... 2 Contactor Cross Reference Technical Information & Dimensions (Online) Series C7 Contactors Reversing Special Use C7 Contactors CNX Special Purpose... 4 NEM Labeled Contactors C7Y2 Wye-Delta Contactors CL7 Lighting Rated ccessories Renewal Coils Contactor Cross Reference Technical Information & Dimensions (Online) Series C9 Contactors ccessories Contactor Cross Reference Technical Information & Dimensions (Online) Series C6 Contactors (Discontinued) ccessories Renewal Coils Contactor Cross Reference Technical Information & Dimensions (Online) Series C5 Contactors (Discontinued) ccessories Renewal Coils... 6 Technical Information & Dimensions (Online) Series CDP2 Definite Purpose Contactors ccessories Technical Information & Dimensions (Online)... 85

2 Contactors Contactors General Purpose and Definite Purpose rugged and comprehensive range of contactors from 5 to 900 HP Sprecher+Schuh IEC contactors are designed and manufactured in plants that are quality certified to international standard ISO 900 Sprecher + Schuh s broad line of general purpose contactors combine performance and reliability in space saving designs that are well proven and used the world over. Sprecher + Schuh s IEC design is dimensionally among the smallest devices in the industry. range of definite purpose contactors is also available, providing reliable and economic performance in commercial applications. Economy and selection Four different contactor families provide a wide variety of contactor sizes, one for practically every horsepower increment! The ability to select intermediate sizes assures a closer match for your motor and provides economy not found with traditionally sized devices. Definite purpose contactors are available in one, two, three and four pole, up to 90. Precisely match the contactor to the application Unique to IEC-style contactors is the ability to select the exact device required for a specific application. By identifying the conditions under which the contactor will be used, i.e., resistive loads, reversing, inching and plugging, etc., published life-curve data predicts contact life in millions of operations. This information enables you to select the precise contactor for your application without buying too much or too little. Designed for long life Destructive electrical arcs are common when opening or breaking the contacts of larger contactors. Sprecher + Schuh general purpose contactors are designed to dramatically reduce electrical arcing by quickly guiding the arc off of the contacts and into specially designed arc chutes. This special design divides and eliminates the electrical arcs quickly, significantly increasing contact life and assuring reliable operation. Limitless choices comprehensive selection of modular accessories is available for all contactor families, which allows infinite contactor and starter combinations, both open and enclosed. Safety in mind Virtually all Sprecher + Schuh contactors are designed to be safe from accidental contact with the finger or back-of-hand. On the smaller contactors, terminals and set screws are recessed, while larger devices (up to Series C9) accept terminal covers that provide protection according to VDE 006, Part 00. Manufactured to rigorous quality standards Sprecher + Schuh contactors are designed and manufactured in plants that maintain quality certification to the rigorous international standards, ISO 900. Sprecher + Schuh manufacturing facilities renew ISO certification every three years by passing an exacting quality assurance audit. International standards and approvals ll Sprecher+Schuh IEC contactors are culus CS pproved, along with several other certifications. They also carry the CE Mark and meet IEC requirements. They are approved in virtually every international market. 2

3 7.5HP 50HP 75HP 900HP GENERL P URPOSE C8 Series Contactor Provides commercial-grade performance for motors up to 7.5 HP Features low-profile design and 45mm width Maintains narrow width with modular, snap-on accessories Performs up to 700,000 electrical and 5,000,000 mechanical operations C7 Series Contactor Covers up to 75HP industrial applications Features small dimensions, as little as 45mm wide Uses interchangeable accessories for all contactor sizes Provides flexibility with reversible coils for group installation Has dual-cage clamp lugs on C7-30 and larger units Designed and tested with respect to Type and 2 Coordination C9 Series Contactor Covers up to 900HP industrial applications Provides a dimensional advantage with a smaller size and footprint Contactors Features a universal electronic C/DC coil Has various application selections, with IEC solutions up to 2650 Includes expanded certifications Provides extended life with arc quenching technology DEFINITE P URPOSE CDP2 Definite Purpose Contactors Covers commercial applications up to 90 / 50HP vailable in one, two, three and four pole Meet or exceed electrical and mechanical requirements defined by definite purpose contactor standards Three convenient wire connection methods 3

4 Contactors Motor Current Rating Chart for Full Load mps C Induction Motors Horsepower Single Phase Three Phase 5 Volt 230 Volt 200 Volt 230 Volt Volt 460 Volt HZ / ~ ~ ~ ~ / ~ ~ ~ ~ / ~ ~ ~ ~ / / / / ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ The information in this chart was derived from Table 50. of UL standard 508. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 0-20, , , and volts. The full-load current values are for motors running at usual speeds and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for especially low speeds or high torques may have higher full-load currents, and multi-speed motors will have full-load currents varying with speed. In these cases, the nameplate current ratings shall be used. Caution: The actual motor amps may be higher or lower than the average values listed above. For more reliable motor protection, use the actual motor current as listed on the motor nameplate. Use this table as a guide only. 4

5 Contactor HP Rating Table for C Motors UL / CS Maximum HP Rating Selection ➊ Sprecher + Schuh Contactor Series Single Phase Maximum Horsepower Three Phase 5 Volt 230 Volt 200 Volt 230 Volt 460 Volt 575 Volt C7-9 /2 / /2 C7-2 / /2 0 C C /2 5 5 C / C C / C C C C / C (-EI) ~ ~ (-EI) ~ ~ (-EI) ~ ~ (-EI) ~ ~ (-EI) ~ ~ (-EI) ~ ~ (-EI) ~ ~ EI ~ ~ EI ~ ~ EI ~ ~ EI ~ ~ ~ EI ~ ~ ~ EI ~ ~ ~ Contactors NEM Size Labeled Selection NEM Size Sprecher + Schuh Contactor Series Single Phase Maximum Horsepower Three Phase 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 00 CN7-2 /3 -/2 -/ CN CN /2 7-/ CN / CN / ➊ EI designation indicates coil has electronic interface capability with a PLC. 5

6 Contactor HP Rating Table for DC Motors Contactors DC Motor Ratings Table 50.2 Full-load motor-running currents in amperes corresponding to various DC horsepower ratings Table 50.2 effective pril 25, 2003 Horsepower 90 Volts 0-20 Volts 80 Volts Volts 500 Volts Volts /0 ~ 2.0 ~.0 ~ ~ /8 ~ 2.2 ~. ~ ~ /6 ~ 2.4 ~.2 ~ ~ / ~ ~ / ~ ~ / ~ ~ 3/ ~ ~ 2.0 -/2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ /2 ~ 58 ~ ~ 76 ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ 48 ~

7 General Information Industrial Control Equipment - UL508 Table 39. Rating Codes for C Control-Circuit Contacts at 50 and 60 Hz ➍ Contact Rating Code Designation ➊ Thermal continuous test current mperes Maximum current, amperes ➋ 20 Volt 240 Volt 480 Volt 600 Volt Maximum volt- mperes Make Break Make Break Make Break Make Break Make Break ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Contactors B ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ B ~ ~ ~ ~ B C ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ ~ ~ C D ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ D ~ ~ ~ ~ E ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Table 39.2 Rating Codes for DC Control-Circuit Contacts ➍ Contact Rating Code Designation ➊ Thermal continuous test current amperes Maximum make or break current, mperes ➌ 25 Volt 250 Volt 30 to 600 Volt Maximum make or break volt- mperes at 300 volts or less N ~ ~ 275 N ~ 275 N P ~ ~ 38 P ~ 38 P Q ~ ~ 69 Q ~ 69 Q R ~ ~ 28 R ~ 28 ➊ The numerical suffix designates the maximum voltage design values, which are to be 600, 300, and 50 volts for suffixes 600, 300, and 50 respectively. Test voltage shall be 600, 250, or 25 volts. ➋ For maximum ratings at voltages between the maximum design value and 20 volts, the maximum make and break ratings are to be obtained by dividing the volt-amperes rating by the application voltage. For voltages below 20 volts, the maximum make current is to be the same as for 20 volts, and the maximum break current is to be obtained by dividing the break voltamperes by the application voltage, but these currents are not to exceed the thermal continuous test current. ➌ For maximum ratings at 300 volts or less, the maximum make and break ratings are to be obtained by dividing the voltampere rating by the application voltage, but the current values are not to exceed the thermal continuous test current. ➍ Data tables extracted from UL508 Standards for Industrial Control Equipment. 7

8 Contactors Predicting Electrical Life Sprecher + Schuh contactors are designed for superior performance in a wide variety of applications, by giving consideration to the specific load, utilization category and required electrical life, you can purchase exactly the type General Information How to read Contact Life Curves and size of contactor required. This assures reliable operation and high value the ability to very closely match the contactor to the application. ➀ Identify the appropriate utilization category. For this example, we will determine C7 contact life for inching and plugging squirrel-cage motors. ➊ Utilization Category Definition C- Resistance Furnaces Non inductive or slightly inductive loads, Resistive Furnaces C-2 Slip-ring motors Starting and stopping of running motors C-3 Squirrel-cage motors Starting and stopping of running motors C-4 Squirrel-cage motors Starting, plugging, and inching (Plugging is understood as stopping or reversing the ➀ motor rapidly by reversing the motor primary connections while the motor is running. Inching [or jogging] is understood as energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.) C-5 Electromagnets Electromagnets for contactors, valves, solenoid actuators Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging, inching Ue = VC ➁ Choose the graph for the utilization category selected. (a graph pertaining to most Utilization Categories can be found in each contactor section.) ➃ 0 C7-23 C7-6 C7-2 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 C-4 ➁ ➂ ➃ Locate the Rated Operational Current (Ie) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. ➋ Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0. C Rated Operating Current Ie C-4 [] ➂ 00 ➊ comprehensive list of Utilization Categories can be found in each contactor section, however, these are the primary categories used in most industrial motor applications. ➋ The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in a given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 8

9 Determining Contact Life To determine the contactor s estimated electrical life, follow these guidelines:. Identify the appropriate Utilization Category from Table. 2. In the technical pages for each contactor size, choose the graph for the Utilization Category selected. General Information How to read Contact Life Curves 3. Locate the Rated Operational Current (l e ) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. 4. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. Contactors Table IEC Special Utilization Categories, C Ratings ➊ CONTCTORS Category Typical pplications C- C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5a Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads; resistance furnaces Slip-ring motors: Starting, plugging Slip-ring motors: Starting, switching off motors during running Squirrel-cage motors: Starting, plugging, inching ➎ Switching of electric discharge lamp control Rated Current Conditions for testing electrical life Conditions for testing making and breaking capacity Make Break Ops. Make Break I/Ie U/ue cos Ic/Ie Ur/Ue cos I/Ie U/ue cos Ic/Ie U/ue cos ll values ll values Ie 7mp 7mp <Ie 00mp Ie> 00mp Ie 7mp 7mp <Ie 00mp Ie> 00mp ➋ ➍ ➌ ➋ C-5b Switching of incandescent lamps C-6a Switching of transformers Rating derived from C-3 rating (x 0.45) Ops CONTROL DEVICES SWITCHES C-6b Switching of capacity banks Depends on circuit conditions of application C-2 Control of resistive loads and solid state loads with isolation by ll values opto couplers C-3 Control of solid state loads with transformer isolation C-4 Control of small electromagnetic loads 72 V C-5 Control of electromagnetic loads 72 V C-20 Connecting and disconnecting under no load conditions No testing required C-2 Switching or resistive loads, including moderate overloads ll values Switching of mixed resistive & C-22 inductive loads, including moderate ll values overloads C-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads ll values Legend Ue Rated operational voltage U Voltage before make Ur Recovery voltage Ie Rated operational current I Making current Ic Breaking current L Inductance of test circuit R Resistance of test circuit ➊ Utilization categories and test conditions for C & DC. For contactors according to IEC 58-, starters according to IEC and control switches according to IEC 337- and IEC ➋ With a minimum value of 000 for I or Ic. ➌ With a minimum value of 800 for Ic. ➍ With a minimum value of 200 for I. ➎ Plugging is understood as stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the motor primary connections while the motor is running. Inching [or jogging] is understood as energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism. 9

10 Contactors Determining Contact Life To determine the contactor s estimated electrical life, follow these guidelines:. Identify the appropriate Utilization Category from Table. 2. In the technical pages for each contactor size, choose the graph for the Utilization Category selected. General Information How to read Contact Life Curves 3. Locate the Rated Operational Current (l e ) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. 4. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. Table IEC Special Utilization Categories, DC Ratings ➊ Category Typical pplications DC- DC-2 DC-3 DC-4 DC-5 DC-5 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Shunt-motors: Starting, switching off motors during running Shunt motors: Starting, plugging, inching Series-motors: Starting, switching off motors during running Series-motors: Starting, plugging, inching Electromagnets for contactors, valves, solenoid actuators Rated Current Conditions for testing electrical life Conditions for testing making and breaking capacity Make Break Ops. Make Break I/Ie U/ue cos Ic/Ie Ur/Ue cos I/Ie U/ue cos Ic/Ie U/ue cos ll Values.5 ➋. ➋ ➋.5 ➋. ➋ ➋ ll Values ll Values ll Values ll Values ll Values 6 x P ➌ 6 x P ➌.. 6 x P ➌.. 6 x P ➌ Ops. C7 Contactors for Elevator Duty Minimum Operational Life Contactor Cycles C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C ,000 ➍➎ C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 CNX Special Purpose Contactor Minimum Operational Life in Resistive pplications Contactor Cycles CNX-205 CNX-205 CNX ,000 ➍ CNX-207 CNX-208 CNX-209 CNX-22 00,000 ➍ CNX-28 Legend Ue Rated operational voltage U Voltage before make Ur Recovery voltage Ie Rated operational current I Making current Ic Breaking current L Inductance of test circuit R Resistance of test circuit ➊ Utilization categories and test conditions for C & DC. For contactors according to IEC 58-, starters according to IEC and control switches according to IEC 337- and IEC ➋ Only according to VDE. ➌ P = Ue x Ie rated power [W]. The value 6 x P has been derived from an empiric relationship which covers most magnetic loads for DC up to an upper limit of P = 50W. ➍ Life data shown are the minimum test requirements per UL/CS. ctual life in application may exceed these values. ➎ Value pending on 55 and 97 contactors at time of this printing. 0

11 Contactor Catalog Numbers Sprecher+Schuh employs a catalog number coding system for contactors (and many other devices) that follows a logical pattern, where every digit signifies a specific device attribute. Where indicated, the use of dashes ( ) serves to separate device characteristics and should always be used when ordering. General Information Open Contactors The following example illustrates all of the possible combinations when specifying contactors and reversing contactors (open type only). See Section C for an explanation of the catalog number coding system for enclosed contactors and starters. Contactors C C CU CN Configuration C(V)L CNX C_Y2 Contactor Reversing Contactor NEM Labeled Contactor Lighting Contactor Special Purpose Contactor Elevator Wye-Delta Contactor Series Series C8 8-09(C) 8-2(C) Series C7 ➊ 7-9(E) 7-2(E) 7-6(E) 7-23(E) 7-30(E) 7-37(E) 7-40(E) 7-43(E) 7-55(E) 7-60(D) 7-72(D) 7-85(D) 7-90(D) 7-97(D) Series C9 ➋ 9-6(-EI) 9-46(-EI) 9-90(-EI) 9-205(-EI) 9-265(-EI) 9-305(-EI) 9-365(-EI) EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI uxiliary Contacts -0 N.O. uxiliary -0 N.C. uxiliary - N.O. & N.C. uxiliary N.C. uxiliaries N.O. & 2 N.C. ux. -00 No uxiliaries 4-pole C7 & C8 Contactors ➌ -M40 4 N.O. Power Poles -M3 3 N.O. Power Poles/ N.C. Power Pole -M22 2 N.O. Power Poles/ 2 N.C. Power Poles C 24Z W Coil Code DC 2E, 2DD 24E, 24DD 24W 36E 48E, 48DD 0E, 0DD 220E, 220DD C/DC 24W 48W 20W 480W This illustration is for reference only. Turn to the appropriate page to determine specific catalog number. ➊ (D) and (E) suffix designates DC contactors. ➋ (-EI) suffix indicates electronic coil. Optional on 6 365, standard on ➌ On four pole contactors, this number designates main power pole configuration.

12 General Information Contactors Notes 2

13 Series C8 Contactors and CT8 Starters n ingenious miniature contactor and starter system Sprecher + Schuh s C8 Series of miniature contactors and starters provide an extremely compact and reliable method of controlling motors of 7.5 HP or less (@460V). The C8 is an economical choice for applications where space is limited or where a minimal enclosure is desired. Small but rugged Even though their contacts and coils are not replaceable, Sprecher + Schuh has subjected this series of contactors to monitored endurance tests that demonstrate their ruggedness. t full load, under 3-phase power, the contacts in the C8 have an electrical life of 700,000 operations, while the C magnet system has a mechanical life of 5,000,000 operations. The CT8 Starter Efficient and reliable This miniature starter features the new CT8 Thermal Overload Relay. complex current limiting calibration procedure performed after each unit ensures the consistent high quality of Sprecher + Schuh s thermal overload relay. Today s Class 0 T-frame design, like the CT8 Series, has been recognized by many motor manufacturers as the ideal type to assure optimum motor protection due to less use of copper and iron. all auxiliary contact blocks can be snapped-on or removed without changing any existing power wiring. Other accessories include a snap-on RC Link (surge suppressor), mechanical interlocks and space saving adaptors for connecting auxiliary components. Effortless installation Both the C8 Contactor and the CT8 Starter are DIN-rail mountable for instant installation and modification. Fittings are also included on the C8 for base mounting. ll terminals are clearly marked and shipped in the open position for installation with either manual or power screwdrivers. C8 Contactors ccessories require no additional panel space CT8 starters feature the CT8 thermal overload. The entire C8 System is logically engineered. Modular accessories like auxiliary contact blocks snap-on without increasing the C8 s original width of 45mm. lso, due to its horizontal switching movement, the basic contactor has the same low profile whether an C or DC operating magnet is used. This permits the use of enclosures with shallow mounting depths. Once the C8 is installed, 45mm ( 7/6 ) 9 2 3

14 Miniature Contactors Series C8 C8 Contactors Series C8 Miniature Contactors, Starters, Overloads & Industrial Relays Rated 690V RoHs Compliant Conforming to U.S., Canadian, and IEC Standards Same Dimensions for C and DC Pluggable Surge Suppressor Modules Suppressor modules are simply plugged on the front of the contactors, next to the auxiliary contact blocks. No wiring required. Fast and easy installation. uxiliary Contact Reliability Bifurcated, gni (silver/nickel) plated contacts for high contact reliability for 2m/5V electronic signals. H-shaped self cleaning auxiliary contacts provide a 4-way current path ensure high contact reliability for low energy switching. 4

15 25% 0% 00% 85% 7% Miniature Starters Series C8.30 V SFETY MRGIN FOR OVER VOLTGE.26,4 V IEC/EN 60947: C8 Mini.24 V 85% - 0% 7% - 25%.20,4 V SFETY MRGIN FOR UNDER VOLTGE.7 V VOLTGE C8 Contactors High Performance C & DC Coils Wide range DC coils can provide reliability in case of over- and under-voltage, a common issue with battery-fed control power supply systems. The low coil consumption allows the contactors to be directly controlled via a PLC. Optional, integral factory-installed surge suppressor modules for C and DC for limiting coil switching transients. MIRROR ND MECHNICLLY LINKED DESIGN Main Contacts uxiliary contacts Off a a C8: mechanically linked performance between main contacts and internal auxiliary contacts as per IEC This feature provides status feedback in the event of a contact weld. 2a 0.5 mm ll round Safety 2a 0.5 mm C8/uxiliary contacts: mechanically linked performance between main contacts and auxiliary contacts as per IEC for C8 models with DC coils. Mechanically linked provides status feedback in the event of a contact weld. Mirror contact between main and auxiliary contacts as per IEC for C8 models with C coils. Mirror contacts prevent any unclear status indications if a N.O. power pole welds. 5

16 C8 Contactors Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series C8 (Open type only) ➊➐ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Miniature Contactors - C & DC Coil Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 -/ C C / /2 7-/2 0 C C C contactor Series C8 Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With DC Coil, Series C8 (Open type only) ➊➋➐ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 -/ C8-09C C8-09C / /2 7-/2 0 C8-2C C8-2C-0-52 C Coil Codes ➊➌ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 2 2V 2V 24Z 24V 24V 48Z 48V 48V 20 0V 20V V-220V 208V-220V V 240V 380 ➎ Use Coil Code ➎ 400V 400V V 480V 575 ➏ Use Coil Code ➏ 525V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code DC Coil Codes ➊➌ DC Coil Code Voltage 2D 2V 24D 24V ➍ 0D 0V 25D 25V 220D 220V See Coil Codes on this page ➊ C8 not available without coil. Coils and contacts not replaceable. ➋ Select Coil Code from DC Coil Code table only. ➌ The coil codes shown are the most commonly stocked items. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative to determine if other voltages are available. ➍ Integrated diode surge suppressor coils available. Order coil code 24DD. Example: C8-09C-0-24D becomes C8-09C-0-24DD. dd $37 to list price. ➎ The European Community has agreed that 400V is the nominal voltage in lieu of 380V. Use this code when 380V is required. ➏ Use this code for 575V applications. ➐ See page 27 regarding mechanically linked contacts and mirror contact performance. 6

17 Non-Reversing, Four Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series C8 (Open type only) ➊➍➑ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø Contact configuration main poles Miniature Contactors - C & DC Coil Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price 4 0 C8-09-M /2 -/ C8-09-M C8-09-M C8-2-M / /2 7-/2 3 C8-2-M C8-2-M22-34 Series C8 C8-09-M40 contactor C8 Contactors Non-Reversing, Four Pole Contactors With DC Coil, Series C8 (Open type only) ➊➋➍➑ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø Contact configuration main poles Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price 4 0 C8-09C-M /2 -/ C8-09C-M C8-09C-M C8-2C-M / /2 7-/2 3 C8-2C-M C8-2C-M22-67 C Coil Codes ➊➌ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 2 2V 2V 24Z 24V 24V 48Z 48V 48V 20 0V 20V V-220V 208V-220V V 240V 380 ➏ Use Coil Code ➏ 400V 400V V 480V 575 ➐ Use Coil Code ➐ 525V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code DC Coil Codes ➊➌ DC Coil Code Voltage 2D 2V 24D 24V ➎ 0D 0V 25D 25V 220D 220V See Coil Codes on this page ➊ C8 not available without coil. Coils and contacts not replaceable. ➋ Select Coil Code from DC Coil Code table only. ➌ The coil codes shown are the most commonly stocked items. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative to determine if other voltages are available. ➍ No auxiliary contacts provided in the base of a C8. dd auxiliaries from page 2. ➎ Integrated diode surge suppressor coils available. Order coil code 24DD. Example: C8-09C-0-24D becomes C8-09C-0-24DD. dd $37 to list price. ➏ The European Community has agreed that 400V is the nominal voltage in lieu of 380V. Use this code when 380V is required. ➐ Use this code for 575V applications. ➑ See page 27 regarding mechanically linked contacts and mirror contact performance. 7

18 C8 Contactors Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series CU8 (Open type only) ➊➋➑ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø ➐ 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 -/ CU LW CU PW / /2 7-/2 0 CU LW 37 2 CU PW 304 Miniature Contactors Reversing Series CU8 CU8 LW Includes: Mechanical interlock (CM8) Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With DC Coil, Series CU8 (Open type only) ➊➋➑ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø ➐ 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 -/ CU8-09C-02- -LW CU8-09C-42- -PW / /2 7-/2 0 CU8-2C-02- -LW CU8-2C-42- -PW 383 CU8 PW Includes: Mechanical and electrical interlock (CM8) ➋ Reversing power and control wiring (using Wiring Kit Cat.# CUT8-PW) Top mount auxiliary contact block (Cat.# C8-P20 on the -42- models) C Coil Codes ➊➌ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 2 2V 2V 24Z 24V 24V 48Z 48V 48V 20 0V 20V V-220V 208V-220V V 240V 380 ➎ Use Coil Code ➎ 400V 400V V 480V 575 ➏ Use Coil Code ➏ 525V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code DC Coil Codes ➊➌ DC Coil Code Voltage 2D 2V 24D 24V ➍ 0D 0V 25D 25V 220D 220V See Coil Codes on this page ➊ C8 not available without coil. Coils and contacts not replaceable. ➋ Internal NC contacts on each contactor are used for electrical interlocking. ➌ The coil codes shown are the most commonly stocked items. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative to determine if other voltages are available. ➍ Integrated diode surge suppressor coils available. Order coil code 24DD. Example: CU8-09C-02-24D becomes CU8-09C-02-24DD. dd $74 to list price. ➎ The European Community has agreed that 400V is the nominal voltage in lieu of 380V. Use this code when 380V is required. ➏ Use this code for 575V applications. ➐ Does not apply to CU8...-PW. ➑ See page 27 regarding mechanically linked contacts and mirror contact performance. 8

19 Non-Reversing, Three Pole Starters With C Coil, Series CT8 (Open type only) ➊➐ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 -/ CT CT / /2 7-/2 0 CT CT Miniature Starters, C & DC Coil Series CT8 C8 Contactors Non-Reversing, Three Pole Starters With DC Coil, Series CT8 (Open type only) ➊➋➐ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 -/ CT8-09C CT8-09C / /2 7-/2 0 CT8-2C CT8-2C Representative model of a CT8-09 starter with the CT8 bimetallic overload relay NOTE: CT8 starters are priced to include Sprecher + Schuh s economical CT8 bimetallic overload relay. See 23 for selection. C Coil Codes ➊➌ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 2 2V 2V 24Z 24V 24V 48Z 48V 48V 20 0V 20V V-220V 208V-220V V 240V 380 ➎ Use Coil Code ➎ 400V 400V V 480V 575 ➏ Use Coil Code ➏ 525V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code Replace ( ) with O/L Relay Code DC Coil Codes ➊➌ DC Coil Code 2D 24D 0D 25D 220D Voltage 2V 24V ➍ 0V 25V 220V Coil Codes on this page O/L Relay Code on 23 ➊ C8 not available without coil. Coils and contacts not replaceable. ➋ Select Coil Code from DC Coil Code table only. ➌ The coil codes shown are the most commonly stocked items. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative to determine if other voltages are available. ➍ Integrated diode surge suppressor coils available. Order coil code 24DD. Example: CT8-09C-0-24D becomes CT8-09C-0-24DD. dd $37 to list price. ➎ The European Community has agreed that 400V is the nominal voltage in lieu of 380V. Use this code when 380V is required. ➏ Use this code for 575V applications. ➐ See page 27 regarding mechanically linked contacts and mirror contact performance. 9

20 C8 Contactors Reversing, Three Pole Starters With C Coil, Series CUT8 (Open type only) ➊➋➐ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø Miniature Starters, C and DC Coil Reversing Series CUT8 uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price ~ ~ CUT LW CUT PW ~ ~ /2 7-/2 0 CUT LW CUT PW 409 Reversing, Three Pole Starters With DC Coil, Series CUT8 (Open type only) ➊➋➐ I e [] 40ºC Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) 3 Ø kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 400V C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price ~ ~ CUT8-09C LW 44 2 CUT8-09C PW ~ ~ /2 7-/2 0 CUT8-2C LW 49 2 CUT8-2C PW 504 CUT8 LW Includes: Mechanical interlock Utilizes CT8 bimetallic overload relay. Select code from page 23. CUT8 PW Includes: Mechanical and electrical interlock ➋ Utilizes CT8 bimetallic overload relay. Select code from page 23. Reversing power and control wiring (using Wiring Kit Cat.# CUT8-PW) Top mount auxiliary contact block (Cat.# C8-P20 on the -42- models) C Coil Codes ➊➌ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 2 2V 2V 24Z 24V 24V 48Z 48V 48V 20 0V 20V V-220V 208V-220V V 240V 380 ➎ Use Coil Code ➎ 400V 400V V 480V 575 ➏ Use Coil Code ➏ 525V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code Replace ( ) with O/L Relay Code DC Coil Codes ➊➌ DC Coil Code Voltage 2D 2V 24D 24V ➍ 0D 0V 25D 25V 220D 220V Coil Codes on this page O/L Relay Code on 23 ➊ C8 not available without coil. Coils and contacts not replaceable. ➋ NC contacts on each contactor are used for electrical interlocking. ➌ The coil codes shown are the most commonly stocked items. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative to determine if other voltages are available. ➍ Integrated diode surge suppressor coils available. Order coil code 24DD. Example: CUT8-09C-02-24D becomes CUT8-09C-02-24DD. dd $74 to list price. ➎ The European Community has agreed that 400V is the nominal voltage in lieu of 380V. Use this code when 380V is required. ➏ Use this code for 575V applications. ➐ See page 27 regarding mechanically linked contacts and mirror contact performance. 20

21 uxiliary Contact Blocks (2 & 4 Pole) ➊➋ uxiliary Contact Blocks NO NC Contact rrangement Catalog No. Price C8-P C8-P uxiliary Contact Blocks NO NC ccessories - Field Installable C8 Miniature Contactors & Starters Contact rrangement Catalog No. Price CS8-PE CS8-P02E 24.6 C8 Contactors 2-Pole 2 0 C8-P Pole 2 0 CS8-P20E C8-P CS8-P22Z 48.3 Typical auxiliary contact block Typical auxiliary contact block 3 C8-P CS8-P3Z C8-P CS8-P3E C8-P CS8-P04E Pole 4 0 C8-P Pole 4 0 CS8-P40E 48.3 Electronic Timer Module Description Function Connection Diagrams For use with Pkg Qty Catalog Number Price Each ~ Solid-State Timing Element 0 250V C or DC Includes 35mm Hat Rail adapter On-Delay 0. 3 s On-Delay 30 s S O/I K N 2 C8/CS8 all 0 CRZE8-3S CRZE8-30S 33 ➊ uxiliary contacts mirror contact performance per IEC Contacts are bifurcated (H-bridge) with a minimum rating of 5V. ➋ See page 27 regarding mechanically linked contacts and mirror contact performance. 2

22 ccessories - Field Installable C8 Miniature Contactors & Starters C8 Contactors Miscellaneous ccessories ccessory Description Catalog Number Price Surge Suppressor CR 8 - for limiting voltage spikes when switching off coil. Coil itself provides sufficient limitation at voltages over 240V. RC Link (Type CRC8 ) for C Control 24-48VC 0-280VC VC Diode Link (Type CRD8 ) for DC Control ➊ 2-250VDC (diode) Varistor Link (Type CRV8 ) for C/DC Control 2-55VC/2-77VDC 56-36VC/78-80VDC VC/8-250VDC Mechanical Interlock Kit - For interlocking of two adjacent contactor without additional space requirement in width attachable from the front (top) of contactor optional auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted on the top (does not interfere with mounting CR 8) CRC8-50 CRC8-280 CRC CRD CRV8-55 CRV8-36 CRV CM Wiring Kit - For connecting line, load and control wiring of a CU8 reversing contactor. works with CT8 Overloads CUT8-PW 2.4 Connection Modules - For KT7 motor circuit controller with a C8 contactor. KT7-25S-PEK Feeder Terminal for Compact Bus Bars - Supply of compact bus bars. For use with C8-09 and C mps max. C8-WT 38.9 Three-Phase Compact Bus Bars - For use with C8-09 and C8-2 Contactors with 45 mm spacing. (3 connections) 34 mps max. Three-Phase Compact Bus Bars - For use with C8-09 and C8-2 Contactors with 45 mm spacing. (4 connections) 34 mps max. C8-W C8-W ➊ C8 contactors with 24 VDC coils can be special ordered with integrated diodes (built-in) rather than applying CRD8 to the coil terminals. 22

23 CT8 Starters with CT8 Thermal Overload Relay For use with contactor... C8-09 mp Range Overload Relay Code ( ) Catalog Number (of Overload Relay used) Price dder or 3-Phase, uto/manual, Class CT8-6 Standard CT8-25 Standard CT8-40 Standard CT8-50 Standard CT8-63 Standard CT8-80 Standard B0 CT8-B0 Standard B3 CT8-B3 Standard B6 CT8-B6 Standard B20 CT8-B20 Standard B25 CT8-B25 Standard B32 CT8-B32 Standard B40 CT8-B40 Standard B48 CT8-B48 Standard B63 CT8-B63 Standard B75 CT8-B75 Standard C8-09 or C0 CT8-C0 Standard C C2 CT8-C2 Standard Overload Relay Codes Series C8 Starters C8 Contactors Obsolete Contactors Cross Reference, Series C4 to Series C8 (Open Type Only) I [] e Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) uxiliary Series C4 Series C8 kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Obsolete Replacement Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V Catalog Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Number Number /2 -/ C C4-9-0 ~ /2 -/ C C / /2 0 0 C C4-2-0 ~ / /2 7-/2 0 C C8-2-0 C4-9-0 Contactor 23

24 C8 Contactors Technical Information C8-09 C8-2 Rated Insulation Voltage U i to IEC947- [V] 690V UL/CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage Withstand U imp [kv] 6 Rated Voltage Ue-Main Contacts C 50/60Hz [V] 230, 240, 400, 45, 500, 690 DC [V] 24, 48, 0, 220, 440 Operating Frequency for C Loads [Hz] 50/60Hz Switching Motor Loads Standard IEC Ratings C-2, C-3, C-4 230V [].3.3 DOL & Reversing 240V [] Hz@60 C 400V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] UL/CS 5V [] DOL & Reversing 230V [] Hz 5V [HP] V [HP] V [] V [] V [] V [] V [HP] V [HP] V [HP] V [HP] Maximum Operating Rate C2 [ops/ hour] t 9 for C3; 20 for C2/4 C3 [ops/ hour] Starting time t = 0.25s C4 [ops/ hour] C4 (200,000 Op. Cycles) 230V [] Hz 240V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw].5.5 Max. Operating Rate [ops/ hour] Technical Information C8 Miniature Contactors C8-09 C8-2 Wye-Delta (Star Delta) 230V [] Hz 240V [] V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] Hz 200V [Hp] V [Hp] V [Hp] V [Hp] C- Load, 3 Switching mbient Temperature 40 C I e [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] mbient Temperature 60 C I e [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] 45V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] 9 9 Continuous Current (UL/CS) General Purpose Rating (40 C) Open [] 5 8 Enclosed [] 5 8 Lighting Loads Gas Dischrg.Lamps-C-5a, VC (40ºC) Single compensated Max. capacitance at prospective short circuit current available at the contactor Enclosed [] 8 8 Open [] 5 5 0k [mf] k [mf] k [mf] ~ ~ Incandescent Lamps - C-5b Electrical endurance~00,000 operations 230/240V []

25 Electrical Data C8-09 C8-2 Switching power transformers C-6a (50Hz) Inrush Rated transformer current = η η = V [] V [] V [] V [] V [] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] 4 5 DC Ratings DC- Rating at 60 C Pole 24VDC [] /60VDC [] 6/.5 6/.5 0VDC [] 220VDC [] VDC [] Pole in Series 24VDC [] /60VDC [] 8 8 0VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Pole in Series 24VDC [] VDC [] 9 9 0VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Shunt-wound Motors Starting, reverse current braking, reversing stepping DC-3, 60 C 24V [] Poles in series 48/60V [] 6 6 0V [] V [] V [] Series-wound Motors Starting, reverse current braking, reversing stepping DC-5, 60 C 24V [] poles in series 48/60V [] 3 3 0V [] 220V [] V [] ~ ~ Short Time Withstand-I CW, 60 C 0s [] Coil Data Technical Information C8 Miniature Contactors Short Circuit Coordination (Max. Fuse or Circuit Breaker Rating) C8-09 C k Max. DIN fuse gg per IEC (Contactor and Fuse only) vailable Fault Current Type Coordination (690V) max. [] Type 2 Coordination (690V) max. [] Class K5 and RK5 fuses ➊ max. [] Resistance and Watt Loss l e C3 Resistance per power pole [mw] Watt Loss - 3 power [W] Coil and warm [W] power poles DC, warm [W] C8-09 C8-2 Voltage Range C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [x Us] Dropout [x Us] DC Pickup [x Us] , 2, 24, 0V DC: Dropout [x Us] Coil Consumption C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [V] 35 Hold-in [V/W] 5/.8 DC Pickup [W] cold 3.0, warm 2.6 Hold-in [W] cold 3.0, warm 2.6 Operating Times C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [ms] Dropout [ms] with RC Suppressor Dropout [ms] DC Pickup [ms] Dropout [ms] with Integ. Suppression Dropout [ms] with external diode Suppression Dropout [ms] Minimal changeover time for reversing [ms] >50 C8 Contactors ➊ UL listed combination. 25

26 Technical Information C8 Miniature Contactors C8 Contactors Mechanical Data Service Life C8-09 Mechanical C/DC [Mil.Op.] 5 Electrical C-3(400V) [Mil.Op.] 0.7 Reversing combination, mechanical, electrical [Mil.Op.] 0.7 C8-2 Environmental and General Specifications mbient Temperature ➋ Storage C ( F) Operation C ( F) (40 C per UL) Conditioned 5% current C ( F) reduction after C- at >60 C Shipping Weights C-C8 [kg] 0.6 [Lbs] 0.35 C-CU8 [kg] 0.35 [Lbs] 0.77 DC-C8 [kg] 0.20 [Lbs] 0.44 DC-CU8 [kg] 0.43 [Lbs] 0.9 ltitude at installed site 2000 meters above sea level per IEC Resistance to Corrosion / Humidity Damp-alternating climate: cyclic to IEC 68-2, 56 cycles. Dry Heat: IEC 68-2, +00 C (22 F), relative humidity <50%, 7 days. Damp tropical: IEC 68-2, +40 C (04 F), relative humidity <92%, 56 days. Shock Resistance IEC 68-2/EN Vibration Resistance IEC 68-2/EN Terminations - Screw Type Terminals Main contacts and uxiliary contacts Operating Position Standards Refer to Dimension Page 29 IEC/EN , -4-, -5-, -5-4; UL 508; CS No. 4 Terminal Type Combination Screw Head: Cross, Slotted, Pozidrive Fine wire [mm stranded 2 ] w/ ferrule 2 wires [mm 2 ] Solid or coarse stranded wire 2 wires [mm 2 ] [mm 2 ] [WG] 8 2 Torque Requirement [Nm].2 [Lb-in] 0.6 pprovals CE, culus, CCC High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL508 and CS 22.2 No.4 CT8 Overload Cat. No. Contactor Cat. No. Max. starter FLC () Max. available fault current (k) Fuse Ratings Max. voltage (V) UL Class J, CC, CS HRCI-J fuse max. () UL Listed Circuit Breaker Ratings ➊ Short Circuit Rating (k) Max. voltage (V) Max. CB Rating () Group Installation ➊ Max. CB rating () B0 3 B3 4 B6 5 B20 C B25 0 B32 2 B40 B48 5 B63 20 B75 25 C0 C C2 C ➊ Group installation ratings can be applied when used with C8 Compact Bus Bars (see 22) in a minimum,52 cu. in. enclosure with two latches. ➋ mbient is the temperature outside the enclosure. 26

27 uxiliary Contacts Technical Information C8 Miniature Contactors Built-in uxiliary Contacts dd-on uxiliary Contacts Current Switching C-2 I th at 40 C [] 0 0 at 60 C [] 6 6 C-5, switching electromagnetic loads at: [V] [] DC-3, switching DC electromagnets at: [V] [] DC-2, L/R< ms resistive loads at: [V] [] DC-4, L/R< 5 ms inductive loads [V] with economy resistor in series at: [] Low Level Signal Switching Contact design X-stamped H-bridge, bi-furcated Minimum switching recommendation [V] 7V 5V [m] 0m 2m Short-Circuit Protection - gg Fuse Type 2 Coordination [] 0 0 Load carrying capacity per UL/CS Rated Voltage C [V] 600 max. 600 max. Continuous Rating 40 C [] 0 general purpose 0 general purpose Switching Capacity C Heavy pilot duty (600) Heavy pilot duty (B600) Rated Voltage DC [V] 600 max. 600 max. Switching Capacity DC Standard pilot duty (Q600) Standard pilot duty (Q600) Mechanically Linked Contacts IEC , nnex L Yes No Mirror Contacts IEC , nnex F Yes Yes C8 Contactors Contact Ratings (Per NEM/UL 600, B600 & Q600) Standard 600 B600 Q600 Circuit Voltage 20C 240C 480C 600C 20C 240C 480C 600C 25DC 250DC DC Make (mps/v) 60/7200V 30/7200V 5/7200V 2/7200V 30/3600V 5/3600V 7.5/3600V 6/3600V 0.55/69V 0.27/69V 0./69V Break (mps/v) 60/720V 30/720V 5/720V 2/720V 3.0/360V.5/360V 0.75/360V 0.60/360V 0.55/69V 0.27/69V 0./69V Continuous mps Mechanically Linked Contacts and Mirror Contact Performance Type Coil dd-on uxiliary Contact Conforms to IEC Status C or DC None Mechanically linked within the base contactor DC Yes Mechanically linked within the base contactor and with add-on C8 auxiliary contacts C Yes Mechanically linked within the base contactor and mirror contact performance with add-on auxiliary contacts Definitions Mechanically linked contacts (IEC nnex L): N.C. uxiliary Contact will not re-close if a N.O. power pole welds. N.O. Power Pole or uxiliary Contact will not close if N.C. contact welds. The term Positive Guided contacts is the same as mechanically linked. Mirror Contacts (IEC nnex F): N.C. uxiliary Contact will not be in closed position if a N.O. power pole welds. 27

28 Technical Information C8 Miniature Contactors Life Load Curves Life-Load Curves C8 Contactors Locate the Rated Operational Current (l e ) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. C-, C3 ( V C) 0 C8-2 C8-9 C- Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; C-3 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting Ue = VC C -,C -3 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0. Instructions on How to read Life Curves can be found on page 8 (C - ) Rated operational current Ie C-3 [] (Dashed curves ---- C- only, open) C-4 ( V C) C-4 Stepping of squirrel-cage motors Ue = VC 0 C8-9 & 2 C4 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Rated operational current Ie [] NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 28

29 44.9 (-25/32) 35 (-25/64) Dimensions C8 Miniature Contactors Series C8 & Series CU8 (Contactors & Reversing Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes (3-7/64) 49 (-5/6) 4 (5/32) 35.2 (-25/64) Mounting Position with ccessories C8 Contactors 50 (-3/32) (-5/6) (4-/4) (2-3/64) 54 (2-/8) 2 (5/32)* * Minimum distance to grounded parts or walls (-29/64) 63.5 (2-/2) Reversing Contactors & ccessories Contactor with... Dim. [mm] Dim. [inches] reversing with mechanical interlock with aux. contact block with timer on contactor at side of contactor with neutral terminal at side of contactor with protection element with nameplate

30 C7 Contactors Series C7 Contactors Rugged, space saving and modular Sprecher + Schuh s contactor for applications up to 460V Over 00 years of design experience has produced Sprecher + Schuh s seventh generation contactor line. The C7 represents the most modern and flexible power contactor available today, meeting the highest industrial application requirements. Big performance in a small package wide selection of contactors in four frame sizes covers the entire C7 horsepower range (up to 460/575V). Six of the contactors are only 45mm wide, an extremely small footprint for such rugged performance. number of design features account for this efficiency, including high contact pressure and bouncefree contacts, allowing the devices to handle the high starting currents typical of modern motors. Type and Type 2 Coordination Whether you re designing motor circuits for use in North merica, Europe or any other part of the world, all C7 contactors have been designed and tested with respect to Type and Type 2 short circuit coordination. Find out more in the C7 Technical Information section in this chapter. dvanced safety and reliability features The entire C7 line features mechanically linked contacts, sometimes referred to as positively guided contacts or force guided contacts. If a main power pole welds, adequate clearances exist ( 0.3mm) to ensure that the auxiliary contacts do not change state when coil power is removed and the device tries to open. This is a requirement in safety circuits per IEC Reliability is further assured by crossstamped auxiliary contacts, which provide multi-point reliability in low current, low voltage applications. dvantages of Electronic DC Coil C7-9E through C7-55E are provided with DC coils that dramatically decrease wattage consumption during pull-in. This allows the use of smaller power supplies. The electronic DC coil design allows the height of the contactor to be the same size as the C version. Larger C7 contactors are available with a two-winding DC coil that also reduces the size of the contactor as well as the hold-in values. 45mm ( 3/4 ) 45mm ( 3/4 ) 54mm ( 2 /8 ) 72mm ( 2 3/6 )

31 Modular accessories are common to all devices Reversible coil provides total flexibility ll accessories are interchangeable among all C7 contactors and CS7 control relays. This minimizes inventory requirements and maximizes flexibility. Top and side mount auxiliary contacts are available depending on your application. mechanical interlock with two built-in NC auxiliaries also provides electrical interlocking if desired. Pneumatic and electronic timers, surge suppressors and electronic interface modules provide solutions for even the most complex applications. When shipped, both coil connections are normally located at the top of the contactor in preparation for mounting an overload relay at the bottom. For multi-starter panels, however, the coil can be reversed, which provides space to close-couple a KT7 Motor Circuit Controller on the top of the contactor. C7 contactors can either be ordered with the coil reversed or may be easily reversed in the field. Dual power terminals speed wiring Top mounted coil Bottom mounted coil Reversible coils are standard on all C7 contactors C7 Contactors C7-30 through 97 contactors are designed with two power terminals for all three poles. This simplifies power wiring of interconnected contactors in reversing, reduced voltage and twospeed applications. Preformed power wiring connectors are also available for virtually instantaneous wiring in these labor intensive applications. Simplified wiring means less labor and less cost. Two power terminals on each pole Dual power terminals assure hassle-free wiring in complex control schemes Special use contactors for specialized applications The C7 line includes a number of contactors designed and labeled for specific industrial applications. In all cases, these devices are UL and CS approved for these specialized uses. Lighting contactors The CL7 contactor can be used to control a wide variety of lighting loads. These contactors are well suited to handle the high inrush currents typical of this application as well as other non-motor (resistive) loads. Both mechanically held and electrically held models are available for lighting load applications up to 20, 30 and 60. CL7 Lighting Contactor CNX Special Purpose Contactor CN7 NEM labeled contactor NEM Labeled Contactors CN7 contactors are UL Listed and rated in accordance with the requirements of NEM standards publication ICS-2. These contactors are NEM compliant and are labeled accordingly. Special purpose contactors CNX contactors are standard C7 contactors that have been tested, approved and labeled by UL for heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVC) applications. Sprecher + Schuh s C7 line includes contactors designed and labeled for specific industrial applications 3

32 C7 Contactors Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series C7 (Open type only) ➊ I e [] ➊ Coil Codes ➋ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type C-3 C- 230V 400V / 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price /2 / /2 0 C C / /2 0 0 C C C C / C C C / C C / / / C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V-240V V 240V V 277V V-400V 440V V 480V v 600V 0 0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C Coil Terminal Position ➌ ll C7 contactors are stocked and delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side (top) of the contactor. This is the typical configuration when using the contactor with an overload relay. When the contactor is used with the KT7 Motor Circuit Controller, the coil must be reversed, so that the coil terminals are located at the load side (bottom) of the contactor. C7 coils can easily be reversed in the field, however, they are also available for order with the coils reversed from the factory. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative for more information about ordering C7 contactors with reversed coils. Contactors - C Coil Three Pole - Series C7 C7-9-0 contactor C contactor C contactor ll C7 contactors come with reversible coils. Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ C Resistive Ratings and UL/CS Continuous Current Ratings may be increased by the use of Lug Kits or Paralleling Links. See C7 ccessories section for applicable information. ➋ Other voltages available, see page 56. ➌ For coil terminals on the load side (bottom) add a U in front of the coil code. For example: C becomes C U20. 32

33 Non-Reversing, Four Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series C7 (Open type only) Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Contact Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Configuration, Ø 3 Ø Main Pole C-3 C- 230V 400V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price 4 0 C7-9-M /2 / /2 3 C7-9-M C7-9-M C7-2-M / /2 0 3 C7-2-M C7-2-M C7-6-M C7-6-M C7-6-M C7-23-M / C7-23-M C7-23-M C7-40-M / C7-40-M / C7-90-M / C7-90-M Contactors - C Coil Four Pole - Series C7 C7-23-M22-20 contactor C7 Contactors Coil Codes ➊ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V-240V V 240V V 277V V-400V 440V V 480V V 600V Coil Terminal Position ➋ ll C7 contactors are stocked and delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side (top) of the contactor. This is the typical configuration when using the contactor with an overload relay. When the contactor is used with the KT7 Motor Circuit Controller, the coil must be reversed, so that the coil terminals are located at the load side (bottom) of the contactor. C7 coils can easily be reversed in the field, however, they are also available for order with the coils reversed from the factory. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative for more information about ordering C7 contactors with reversed coils. ll C7 contactors come with reversible coils. Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ Other voltages available, see page 56. ➋ For coil terminals on the load side (bottom) add a U in front of the coil code. For example: C7-23-M40-20 becomes C7-23-M40-U20. 33

34 C7 Contactors Contactors - Low Consumption Electronic DC Coil Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With Electronic DC Coil, Series C7 (Open type only) ➊➋➌ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Open Type I e [] uxiliary kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per ➊ Contactor Ø 3 Ø 400V/ Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Number /2 / / / / / / / / C7-9E-0- C7-9E-0- C7-2E-0- C7-2E-0- C7-6E-0- C7-6E-0- C7-23E-0- C7-23E-0- C7-30E-00- C7-30E-0- C7-30E-0- C7-37E-00- C7-37E-0- C7-37E-0- C7-43E-00- C7-43E-0- C7-43E-0- C7-55E-00- C7-55E-0- C7-55E-0- Price Three Pole - Series C7 C7-6E-0-0E contactor ➍ C7-23E-0-24E contactor Description Low Consumption Electronic DC coils have extremely low inrush which allows the use of smaller power supplies. C7-9E 55E has internal surge suppression. See page 69 for more information. This new design results in: Lighter, lower depth More energy efficient contactors Easier wiring Uniform panel appearance. pplications Direct control from PLC: The low power consumption contactor designed to control motors and other loads is especially aligned to the specific requirement of electronic control circuits. The low power consumption of.7 allows direct control through PLC s without the need for interposing relays. Power dissipation is greatly reduced limiting the heat effect in control panels. C7-55E-00-24E contactor Coil Codes ➋➍ DC Coil Codes Voltage 2E 2V 24E 24V 36E ➎ 36-48V 48E ➎ 48-72V 0E ➎ 0-25V 220E ➎ V Coil Terminal Position ➏ ll C7 contactors are stocked and delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side (top) of the contactor. This is the typical configuration when using the contactor with an overload relay. When the contactor is used with the KT7 Motor Circuit Controller, the coil must be reversed, so that the coil terminals are located at the load side (bottom) of the contactor. C7 coils can easily be reversed in the field, however, they are also available for order with the coils reversed from the factory. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative for more information about ordering C7 contactors with reversed coils. ll C7 contactors come with reversible coils. (48V DC shown) ➊ C Resistive Ratings and UL/CS Continuous Current Ratings may be increased by the use of Lug Kits or Paralleling Links. See C7 ccessories section for applicable information. ➋ C7-9E 55E with electronic coils are not interchangeable with non-electronic DC or C coils. ➌ See page for limitations on adding auxiliaries to Electronic DC Coil contacts. ➍ Voltages of 36V DC and greater are supplied with backpack module standard. See page 86. ➎ Not applicable with Electronic Timer accessories (CRZ_7). ➏ For coil terminals on the load side (bottom) add a U in front of the coil code. For example: C7-23E-0-24E becomes C7-23E-0-U24E. 34

35 Contactors - Low Consumption Electronic DC Coil Non-Reversing, Four Pole Contactors With Electronic DC Coil, Series C7 (Open type only) ➊➋ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Contact Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Configuration, Ø 3 Ø Main Pole 400V C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number /2 / / / / C7-9E-M40- C7-9E-M3- C7-9E-M22- C7-2E-M40- C7-2E-M3- C7-2E-M22- Price Four Pole - Series C7 C7-23E-M22-24E contactor C7 Contactors C7-6E-M40- C7-6E-M3- C7-6E-M / C7-23E-M40- C7-23E-M3- C7-23E-M C7-40E-M / C7-40E-M Description Low Consumption Electronic DC coils have extremely low inrush which allows the use of smaller power supplies. C7-9E 55E have internal surge suppression. See page 69 for more information. This design results in: Lighter, lower depth More energy efficient contactors Easier wiring Uniform panel appearance pplications Direct control from PLC: The low power consumption contactor designed to control motors and other loads is especially aligned to the specific requirement of electronic control circuits. The low power consumption of.7 allows direct control through PLC s without the need for interposing relays. Power dissipation is greatly reduced limiting the heat effect in control panels. Coil Codes ➊➌ DC Coil Codes Voltage 2E 2V 24E 24V 36E ➍ 36-48V 48E ➍ 48-72V 0E ➍ 0-25V 220E ➍ V Coil Terminal Position ➎ ll C7 contactors are stocked and delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side (top) of the contactor. This is the typical configuration when using the contactor with an overload relay. When the contactor is used with the KT7 Motor Circuit Controller, the coil must be reversed, so that the coil terminals are located at the load side (bottom) of the contactor. C7 coils can easily be reversed in the field, however, they are also available for order with the coils reversed from the factory. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative for more information about ordering C7 contactors with reversed coils. ll C7 contactors come with reversible coils. (48V DC shown) ➊ C7-9E 55E with electronic coils are not interchangeable with non-electronic DC or C coils ➋ See pages for limitations on adding auxiliaries to Electronic DC Coil contacts. ➌ Voltages of 36V DC and greater are supplied with backpack module standard. See page 86. ➍ Not applicable with Electronic Timer accessories (CRZ_7). ➎ For coil terminals on the load side (bottom) add a U in front of the coil code. For example: C7-23E-M40-24E becomes C7-23E-M40-U24E. 35

36 C7 Contactors Contactors - Two Winding DC Coil Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With Two Winding DC Coil, Series C7 (Open type only) ➊ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) uxiliary Open Type Contacts per I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contactor 400V/ Ø 3 Ø ➊ C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number / Three & Four Pole - Series C7 Price 0 0 C7-60D C7-60D C7-60D C7-72D C7-72D C7-72D C7-85D C7-85D C7-85D C7-97D C7-97D C7-97D C7-60D Contactor Description: Contactors with two winding DC coils have very low hold-in values and share the same dimensions with C contactors. See page 57 for more information. See page 87 for dimensional information. Non-Reversing, Four Pole Contactors With Two Winding DC Coil, Series C7 (Open type only) ➊ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Contact Configuration Main Pole uxiliary Contacts per Contactor I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) 45V Ø 3 Ø C-3 C- 230V 400V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC NO NC Open Type Catalog Number / C7-90D-M / C7-90D-M Price Coil Codes ➋➌➍ DC Coil Code 24DD 0DD Voltage 24V 0V Ordering Instruct ions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ C7-60D C7-97D have an internal auxiliary contact to transition from the start winding to the run winding. ➋ Coils include an integrated diode surge suppressor. ➌ Other coil voltages are available, see page 57. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh Sales Representative to determine which coil voltages may be stocked. ➍ The coil codes shown are the most commonly stocked items. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative to determine if other voltages, i.e.., 2DD, 48DD, 220DD are on-hand or can be specially ordered in quantities. 36

37 Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series CU7 (Open type only) Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor C-3 C- 230V 400V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC ➌ Catalog Number /2 / /2 CU Contactors, C Coil Reversing Three Pole - Series CU7 Price C7 Contactors / /2 0 CU CU reversing contactor CU /2 5 5 CU / / / / CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU ➍ CU CU reversing contactor Includes: Line side coil terminations Mechanical and electrical Interlock ➌ Reversing power wiring ➊ (using Power Wiring Kit Cat.# CUT7-PW ) Control wiring available; see footnote ➋ Coil Codes ➎ C Coil Voltage Range Code 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V - 240V V 240V V 277V V-400V 440V V 480V V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code ➊ For -LW Option Deduct the following from List Price CU CU CU ➋ For -CW Option dd the following to List Price CU See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ For Reversing Contactors without power wiring add suffix -LW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU LW. CU not available without power wiring. ➋ For control wiring, add suffix -CW to catalog number. Example: CU becomes CU CW. ➌ The NC auxiliary contacts are supplied as part of the mechanical interlock (Cat.# CM7-02) and are used to electrically interlock the contactors. ➍ The NO auxiliary contacts supplied are side mounted. Top mount NO auxiliary contacts must be special ordered. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative. ➎ Other voltages available, see page

38 C7 Contactors Contactors, Low Consumption Electronic DC Coil Reversing Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With Electronic DC Coil, Series CU7 (Open type only) ➎➏ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC ➌ Catalog Number /2 / /2 CU7-9E Price Three Pole - Series CU / /2 0 CU7-2E CU7-9E-22-24E Reversing contactor CU7-6E /2 5 5 CU7-23E / / / Description Low Consumption Electronic DC coils have extremely low inrush which allows the use of smaller power supplies. C7-9E 55E have internal surge suppression. See page 69 for more information. This new design results in: Lighter, lower depth More energy efficient contactors Easier wiring Uniform panel appearance 0 CU7-30E ➍ CU7-30E CU7-37E ➍ CU7-37E CU7-43E-02-9 ➍ CU7-43E CU7-55E ➍ CU7-55E pplications Direct control from PLC: The low power consumption contactor designed to control motors and other loads is especially aligned to the specific requirement of electronic control circuits. The low power consumption of.7 allows direct control through PLC s without the need for interposing relays. Power dissipation is greatly reduced limiting the heat effect in control panels. CU7-37E-22-24E Reversing contactor Includes: Line side coil terminations Mechanical and electrical Interlock ➌ Reversing power wiring ➊ (using Power Wiring Kit Cat.# CUT7-PW ) Control wiring available; see footnote ➋ CU7-9E 55E has internal surge suppression. Coil Codes ➏➐ DC Coil Codes Voltage 2E 2V 24E 24V 36E ➑ 36-48V 48E ➑ 48-72V 0E ➑ 0-25V 220E ➑ V ➊ For -LW Option Deduct the following from List Price CU7-9E 23E 0 CU7-30E 37E 2 CU7-43E 55E 22 ➋ For -CW Option dd the following to List Price CU7-9E 55E 20 ➊ For Reversing Contactors without power wiring add suffix -LW to catalog number. For example CU7-9E-22-24E becomes CU7-9E-22-24E-LW. ➋ For control wiring, add suffix -CW to catalog number. For example: CU7-9E-22-24E becomes CU7-9E-22-24E-CW. ➌ The NC auxiliary contacts are supplied as part of the mechanical interlock (Cat.# CM7-02) and are used to electrically interlock the contactors. ➍ The NO auxiliary contacts supplied are side mounted. Top mount NO auxiliary contacts must be special ordered. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative. ➎ C7-9E 55E with electronic coils are not interchangeable with non-electronic DC or C coils. ➏ See pages for limitations. on adding auxiliaries to Electronic DC Coil contacts. ➐ Voltages of 36V DC and greater are supplied with backpack module standard. See page 86. ➑ Not applicable with Electronic Timer accessories (CRZ_7). 38

39 Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With DC Coil, Series CU7 (Open type only) Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC ➋ Number Price CU7-60D ➌ CU7-60D CU7-72D ➌ CU7-72D / CU7-85D ➌ CU7-85D CU7-97D ➌ CU7-97D Contactors, DC Coil Reversing Three Pole - Series CU7 CU7-85D Reversing (Typical) C7 Contactors NOTE: DC and C coils are not interchangeable. C7-60D 97D contactors have a two winding, 3-lead coil with built-in late break auxiliary contact and coil suppression. Refer to dimensions starting on page 87. Includes: DC operating mechanism Line side coil terminations Mechanical and electrical Interlock ➋ Reversing power wiring Control wiring available; see footnote ➊ Coil Codes ➍➎ DC Coil Code Voltage 2DD 2V 24DD 24V 48DD 48V 0DD 0V 220DD 220V ➊ For -CW Option dd the following to List Price CU7-60D 97D 20 Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ For control wiring, add suffix -CW to catalog number. For example: CU7-60D-22- becomes CU7-60D-22- -CW. ➋ The NC auxiliary contacts are supplied as part of the mechanical interlock (Cat.# CM7-02) and are used to electrically interlock the contactors. ➌ The NO auxiliary contacts supplied are side mounted. Top mount NO auxiliary contacts must be special ordered. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative. ➍ Other voltages available, see page 57. ➎ Coils for CU7-60D 97D reversing contactors include an integrated diode surge suppressor. 39

40 C7 Contactors Series C7 Special Use Contactors Contactors designed and labeled for specific industrial applications Special Use Contactors Hydraulic elevator duty contactors HVC rated contactors Lighting contactors NEM size labeled contactors The C7 line includes a number of contactors designed and labeled for specific industrial applications. In most cases, these devices are UL and CS approved for these specialized uses. Where appropriate, contactors also carry approval by specific industry associations such as RI (ir Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute). CNX Special Purpose Contactors CNX Special Purpose Contactors are rated by FL & LR as well as resistive current rated - primarily to meet the demands of the HVC and compressor markets. CNX contactors have all the flexibility of a C7 contactor like easy coil change out, DIN rail mounting and field installable auxiliaries as well as mechanical interlocks not normally associated with true definite purpose contactors. CNX contactors may also be combined with CEP7 or CT7N overload relays to make a special purpose starter. CNX starters are cul rated and labeled as well as RI (ir Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute) approved. CN7 NEM size labeled contactors CN7 contactors are UL Listed in accordance with NEM standards publication ICS-2. CN7 contactors are UL labeled for application under IEC KW, as well as NEM Size, for specified horsepower at various voltages. CN7 contactors have been purposely selected larger to increase the life of the device. Only the devices listed here are available with the NEM size on the UL label. CN7 NEM sized contactors may be combined with all Sprecher + Schuh overload relays to make a NEM sized starter. Hydraulic Elevator Wye-Delta Contactors Most industrial wye-deltas consist of three contactors with interlocks but Hydraulic Elevators are a special application. Hydraulic Elevator wye-deltas consist of a pair of mechanically linked contactors with sufficient auxiliaries for electrical interlocks. The wye-delta is similar to a reversing contactor but the power wiring is different. We offer Hydraulic Elevator contactors with a choice of power wiring inter-connections for ease of installation, or without power wiring inter-connections, allowing the elevator serviceman to make use of the existing power cables. This convenient selection of a complete assembly saves time and effort in the field. 40

41 Special Use Contactors - C Coil Special Purpose Contactors - Series CNX Non-Reversing, Three Pole Special Purpose Contactors With C Coil (Open type only) ➊ Full Load mps Locked Rotor mps - 3Ø Resistive mps ➌ Maximum Horsepower Ø 3 Ø uxiliary Contacts per Contactor 200V 200V/ 230V 460V 575V 5V 230V 208V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price / CNX CNX / CNX CNX CNX CNX CNX CNX / CNX CNX CNX ~ ~ CNX CNX CNX Special Purpose contactor Description Series CNX Special Purpose Contactors are standard C7 contactors that have been tested, approved and labeled by UL for heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVC) applications. ➋ C7 Contactors Coil Codes ➋ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V-240V V 277V V 440V V-400V 480V V 480V V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ ll CNX contactors listed here are RI (ir Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute) approved. ➋ Other voltages available, see page 56. ➌ Reference page 77 for Operation Life Data. 4

42 Special Use Contactors - C Coil NEM Labeled Contactors - Series CN7 C7 Contactors Non-Reversing, Three Pole NEM Labeled Contactors with C Coil ➊ NEM Size Ø Maximum Horsepower 3Ø Standard uxiliary Contacts 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number 00 /3 -/2 -/ CN CN Price /2 7-/ CN / CN CN7 NEM labeled contactor (C) 3 7-/ CN pplication Notes NEM contactors are UL Listed and rated in accordance with the requirements of NEM standards publication ICS-2. These contactors are labeled for applications that require compliance with NEM standards. Sizes are based on standard NEM classifications. Easy coil change and contact replacement. See page 56 for CN7 coils. Snap-on auxiliary contact blocks available in many configurations. See pages vailable as open units or in Type, 3R, 4, 4X and 2 enclosures. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative for enclosed pricing. NEM sized starters with C Coils are listed on page C52. CN7 C Coil Codes ➋ CN C Coil Voltage Range Code 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V-240V V 240V V 277V V-400V 440V V 480V V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ Refer to page 85 for CN7 dimensional information. ➋ Other voltages available, see page 56 for other coil voltage. 42 Discount Schedule B8

43 Non-Reversing, Three Pole NEM Labeled Contactors with DC Coil ➊ NEM Size Ø Maximum Horsepower 3Ø Standard uxiliary Contacts 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number 00 /3 -/2 -/ CN7-2E-0- ➌ CN7-6E-0- ➌ /2 7-/ CN7-37E-0- ➌ / CN7-43E-0- ➌ 879 Price 3 7-/ CN7-85D-0-64 Special Use Contactors - DC Coil NEM Labeled Contactors - Series CN7 CN7 NEM labeled contactor (24V Electronic DC shown) C7 Contactors pplication Notes NEM contactors are UL Listed and rated in accordance with the requirements of NEM standards publication ICS-2. These contactors are labeled for applications that require compliance with NEM standards. Sizes are based on standard NEM classifications. Easy coil change and contact replacement. See page 57 for CN7 DC coils. Snap-on auxiliary contact blocks available in many configurations. See pages vailable as open units or in Type, 3R, 4, 4X and 2 enclosures. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative for enclosed pricing. NEM sized starters with C Coils are listed on page C52. CN7 Electronic DC Coil Codes ➌➍ CN7-2E...43E DC Coil Code Voltage Range 2E 2V 24E 24V 36E ➎ 36-48V 48E ➎ 48-72V 0E ➎ 0-25V 220E ➎ V CN7 DC Coil Codes with integrated Diode ➋ CN7-85D DC Coil Code Voltage Range 24DD 24V 0DD 0V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ Refer to page for CN7 dimensional information. ➋ Other voltages available, see page 57 for other coil voltage. ➌ CN7-2E..43E electronic coils are not interchangeable with non-electronic DC or C coils. ➍ Voltages of 36V DC and greater are supplied with backpack module standard. See page 86. ➎ Not applicable with Electronic Timer accessories (CRZ_7). Discount Schedule B8 43

44 C7 Contactors Hydraulic Elevator Wye Delta, with C Coils (Two Contactor Type ➊) Maximum Horsepower Three Phase Industrial pplication ➎ UL/CS Elevator Duty ➏ uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 200V 230V 460V 575V NO ➍ NC ➌ Catalog No. Price C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW 738 TBD TBD TBD TBD C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW C7Y LW 34 TBD TBD TBD TBD C7Y LW 38 HP Selection Larger sizes available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. C Reduced Voltage Contactors - C Coil Wye Delta - Series C7Y2 C7Y2-30 Wye-Delta contactor Includes: Line side coil terminations Mechanical and electrical Interlocks ➋ C7Y include a back pan Optional: Power Wiring available but not included (see page 55) ➊➐ Elevator controllers often require additional auxiliary contacts. ➌ C C7-PWD43 C C M S 2M S C7-PWD43 C7-PWLM37M C7-PWLM55M Coil Codes ➍ C Coil Voltage Range Code 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V - 240V V 240V V 277V V-400V 440V V 480V V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code ➊ For -PW Option dd the following to List Price C7Y C7Y C7Y See Coil Codes on this page. C M C7-PWLM85M C C7-PWD85 ➊ For Contactors with power wiring change catalog number suffix -LW to -PW. For example C7Y LW becomes C7Y PW. NOTE: C7Y PW do not include a backpan. ➋ The NC auxiliary contacts are supplied as part of the mechanical interlock (Cat.# CM7-02) and are used to electrically interlock the contactors. ➌ The NO auxiliary contacts supplied are side mounted. Top mount NO auxiliary contacts must be special ordered. Contact your Sprecher+Schuh representative. ➍ Other voltages available, see page 56. ➎ HP selection based on UL508 for Industrial pplications. ➏ HP selection based on UL/CS Elevator Duty Ratings. ➐ See typical Wye-Delta Wiring Diagram on page C7. S 44

45 Series CL7 Lighting Contactors Compact contactors for North merican lighting applications Sprecher + Schuh C7 contactors can be used to control a wide variety of lighting loads. These contactors are well suited to handle the high inrush currents typical of this application as well as other non-motor (resistive) loads. Lamps can basically be divided into three categories: Tungsten Filament Lamps - General purpose incandescent - Special purpose incandescent - Infrared - Sodium Iodine Discharge Lamps (with Ballast) - Fluorescent lamps - Mercury vapor - High/low pressure sodium - Quartz - Halogen metal-vapor Mixed Light Lamps In application The tungsten filaments of incandescent lamps have a very low ohmic resistance when cold. s a result, the closing current is very high but also very short. The closing current of discharge lamps (lighting with ballast) is highly inductive (due to series-connected transformers or chokes), and its duration depends on the lamp type. In general, North mericans refer to Lighting Contactor ratings in amperes without distinction between incandescent or ballast type of load. The lighting contactor selection table provided on the following page is for North merican use, so ratings are selected for mixed lamp loads which account for the higher incandescent inrush. Electrically held contactors Electrically held contactors are available for use where the control signal is activated by a timer or other maintained electrical signal. The coil is energized as long as the contactor is closed. This design is well suited for applications where lights are operated frequently or where the control panel is in a remote location. Mechanically held contactors Mechanically held contactors are available for applications where quiet operation or critical lighting is required, i.e., institutions, hospitals and residential/commercial areas. fter the contactor closes, the voltage is disconnected from the operating coil and the contactor is held closed by the mechanical latch. Built-in clearing interlocks allow control from either a momentary or maintained pilot device for the separate pull-in and release functions. C7 Contactors Europeans usually separate the values for incandescent from discharge (ballast) lighting. Both values are provided in the technical section of our general catalog and may be more appropriate for those applying by CE standards. CL are labeled and UL approved for lighting applications 45

46 Special Use Contactors - C Coil Lighting Contactors Series CL7 & CVL7 C7 Contactors Lighting Contactors with C Coil ➍➎ Continuous Standard Max. C Volts, Type of mpere uxiliary Open Poles to Load Load Rating Contacts Holding Type ➌ for ø 3 for 3ø NO NC Type Catalog Number Price Tungsten or Y/277V Electrical CL7-20-M Ballast Y/347V General Mechanical CVL7-20-M40- -L0 ➊ 532 Tungsten or Y/277V Electrical CL7-30-M Ballast Y/347V General Mechanical CVL7-30-M40- -L0 ➊ 600 Tungsten or Y/277V Electrical CL7-60-M Ballast Y/247V General Mechanical CVL7-60-M40- -L0 ➊ 843 Larger sizes available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. See catalog page C44 for enclosed lighting contactors. # of Poles Operation of Mechanically Held Contactor with ON-OFF Pushbutton Catalog number CVL7 consists of a CL7 contactor with CV7- mechanical latch. Depressing the ON button energizes the L coil and the contactor closes. The mechanical latch locks the contactor in the closed position. The L coil is then deenergized by the coil, clearing contact UL (Terminals 65-66) to remove voltage. Depressing the OFF button energizes the UL coil, and the mechanical latch releases the contactor. The UL coil is immediately de-energized by the coil clearing contact L (Terminals 3-4) to remove voltage. The contactor is now open. Description The CL7 electrically held contactors and CVL7 mechanical held contactors are cul rated and labeled for tungsten and ballast lighting duty applications at 20, 30, and 60 amperes respectively. C(L)7 Coil Codes ➋ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24Z 24V 24V 20 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 220W 200V-220V 208V-240V V 240V V 277V V-400V 480V V 480V V 600V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ The N.O. auxiliary on the mechanical latch is used by the control circuit and is not available to the customer for other uses. ➋ Other voltages available, see page 56. ➌ Engineering practice permits 2.5 x I e to be applied to a contactor when 3 poles are connected in parallel for single phase discharge lamp (ballast lighting) applications. For example CL7-20-M40- Lighting Contactor plus a C7-P-B23 Paralleling Link can be used on a 50 ballast load. pplying parallel conductors to incandescent lamp loads does NOT result in a greater permissible load. Paralleling Links can be found in the ccessories section. ➍ Lighting contactor applications greater than 4-poles can be achieved. Contact Sprecher + Schuh representative for assistance. ➎ Definite Purpose Contactors can also be used in Lighting Contactor applications. See page

47 ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactors Top (Front) Mount uxiliary Contact Blocks ➊ Contact Block Description NO NC 0 2 Contact rrangement For use with... Standard Contacts Catalog Number Price Bifurcated Contacts Catalog Number ➋ Price C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C7 Contactors C C7-PV C7-PVB uxiliary Contact Blocks for Top Mounting C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C C7-PV C7-PVB Top mount auxiliary contact blocks snap-on to the top (front) of any C7 contactor 4-pole auxiliary 2-pole auxiliary contact block (typical) 2 and 4 pole Snap on design - mounts without tools Electronic compatible contacts Mutual positive guidance to the main contactor poles (excluding L types) Several terminal numbering choices even for models wit equal function Late break /early make (L) available Bifurcated Contacts Bifurcated auxiliary contacts provides a higher degree of reliability than the standard cross-stamped auxiliary contacts because it H-bridge divides each movable contact into two sections at the tip of the spanner. Typical application is low-voltage low-current applications (i.e.: PLC). Cross-stamped contacts are good for a minimum of 5m at 7v while bifurcated contacts are good for a minimum of 3m at 5v C C C7-PV-S C7-PVB-S C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C C7-PV C7-PVB EM LB C C7-PV-L 35 NOT VILBLE ~ EM +LB C NOT VILBLE ~ C7-PVB C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C C7-PV C7-PVB C C C7-PV-S C7-PVB-S C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C C C7-PV-S C7-PVB-S C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C7 all CS7-PV CS7-PVB C7 all CS7-PV-L NOT VILBLE ~ ➊ Max. number of auxiliary contacts that may be mounted: C Coil and Electronic DC Coil contactors - max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor, 2-N.O. contacts on the side, 4-N.C. front or side: 6 total. True DC Coil contactors - max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor, or max. 2-N.O. contacts on side, 4-N.C. front or side: 4 total. ➋ Detailed ratings can be found on page

48 ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactors C7 Contactors Side Mount uxiliary Contact Blocks ( & 2 Pole) ➊ Contact Block Description NO NC -pole (typical) uxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting - ➊ and 2-pole Two way numbering for right or left mounting on the contactor Snap-on design - mounts without tools Electronic compatible contacts down to 24V, 20m Late break / early make (L) available Mutual positive guidance to the main contactor poles (excluding L-types) Contact rrangement For use with... Catalog Number ➌ Price 0 C7 all C7-P C7 all ➋ C7-P C7 all C7-P C7 all ➋ C7-P C7 all ➋ C7-P pole (typical) EM LB C7 all C7-P-L ➊ Max. number of auxiliary contacts that may be mounted: C Coil contactors - max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor, 2-N.O. contacts on the side, 4-N.C. front or side: 6 total. DC Coil contactors - max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor, or max. 2-N.O. contacts on side, 4-N.C. front or side: (4) total. ➋ Left mounting only is recommended when using with C7-9 C7-23 contactors. These contactors have built-in auxiliaries, which will result in duplicate terminal markings if mounted on the right. ➌ Detailed ratings can be found on page

49 Control Modules ➊ Module Description Pneumatic Timing Module The contacts in the Pneumatic Timing Element switch after the delay time. The contacts on the main contactor continue to operate without delay. Continuous adjustment range ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactors For use with... Connection Diagrams Function Catalog Number Price C7 all C7 all ON-Delay s.8 80s OFF-Delay s.8 80s CZE7-30 CZE7-80 CZ7-30 CZ C7 Contactors 0 240V 50/60Hz 0 250V DC Electronic Timing Module ➋ ON-Delay The contactor is energized at the end of the delay time. C7 all 0. 3s 30s 0 80s 24 48V DC CRZE7-3-0/240 CRZE7-30-0/240 CRZE7-80-0/ s 30s 0 80s CRZE7-3-24/48VDC CRZE /48VDC CRZE /48VDC 00 Electronic Timing Module ➋ OFF-Delay fter interruption of the control signal, the contactor is de-energized at the end of the delay time. C7 all C7-9 C V 50/60Hz 0.3 3s 30s 0 80s 24V C 50/60Hz 0.3 3s 30s 0 80s CRZ7-3-0/240 CRZ7-30-0/240 CRZ7-80-0/ CRZ7-3-24VC CRZ VC CRZ VC 00 Electronic Timing Module ➋ Wye-Delta Transition Timer Contactor K3 (Y) is de-energized and contactor K2 (D) is energized after the end of the set transition time. Switching delay at 50ms. C7 all K (H) K2 (D) K3 (Y) 0 240V 50/60Hz 30s CRZY7-30-0/ Continuous adjustment range High repeat accuracy K K3 K2 CM7 CM7-02 Mechanical/Electrical Interlocks Common to all C7 contactors; interlocks different contactor sizes Mechanical and electrical interlocking possible in one module by means of integrated auxiliary contacts Dovetail (C7-S9) connector included (9mm) C7 all ➊ Mechanical Without auxiliaries Mechanical/ Electrical Two NC aux contacts CM CM ➊ Not for use with C7-40 or C7-90 (4-pole) contactors. ➋ Not available for use on C7-9E 55E coil voltage 48V 220V. 49

50 ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactors C7 Contactors Control Modules (continued) Module Description Mechanical Latch Following contactor latching, the contactor coil is immediately de-energized by the NC auxiliary contact (65-66). Electrical or manual release NO + NC auxiliary switch Suitable for all C7 contactors For use with ll C7 ➏ Connection Diagrams Catalog Number Price CV7-- Replace with coil code below (See pplication Note below) CV7 Mechanical Latch Coil Codes ➊➋➍➎ Coil Code pplication Range Latch & Contactor Coil Rating 50 Hz 60 Hz VDC 24Z 24 VC 24 VC 2 VDC 24V 50/60 Hz 48Z 48 VC 48 VC 24 VDC 48V 50/60 Hz 0 00 VC 0 VC 48 or 60VDC 0V50/0V VC 20 VC ~ 0V50/20V60 220W ~ VC ~ V60 230Z 230 VC 230 VC 0 VDC 230V 50/60 Hz 240Z 240 VC 240 VC 25 VDC 240V 50/60 Hz VC 277 VC ~ 240V50/277V VC 440 VC ~ V50/440V60 400Z 400 VC 400 VC 220 VDC 400V 50/60 Hz VC ~ ~ V50 Hz VC 480 VC ~ 440V50/480V ➌ 550 VC 600 VC ~ 550V50/600V60 PPLICTION NOTE: The CV7 Mechanical Latch for C7 may be used for both C and DC applications; however when using DC control circuit the user must apply the following rules for coil selection of the contactor and latch combination: When DC control circuits are required use C contactors with C coil and latch with C coil. From column VDC in the table on the left, identify the required application DC control voltage and then select its specific Coil Code. Enter this Coil Code to complete the catalog numbers for both the contactor and latch (i.e.: 25V DC control circuit should use a 240Z coil code in both the C and CV7). This works because both coils are only momentary energized and coil clearing contacts breaks the circuit after closing or opening. The above statement does NOT apply to applications C7-60D 97D two-winding DC coil contactors. When DC control circuits are required use C7-60D 97D contactors with standard two winding DC coil and the CV7 latch with C coil selected from the table, top left. (i.e.: 25V DC control circuit should use 25DD coil code in the contactor and 240Z C coil code in the CV7 latch). The C7-9E 55E contactor uses an electronic DC coil and the CV7 latch coil code should be chosen from the table on the left. (i.e.: 24V DC control circuit select C7-9E 55E with code 24E and CV7 latch uses a 48Z C coil code). ➊ Other voltages available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. ➋ CV7 must be wired for momentary operation only. ➌ Use 600V C when 575 V is required. ➍ Command duration seconds. ➎ Coil operating limits on CV7- match those of the contactor it is being used with. ➏ Not for use with C7-90 (4-pole) contactors. 50

51 ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactors Control Modules (continued) Module Description Electronic Interface Interface between the DC control signal from a PLC and the C operating mechanism of the contactor. Requires no additional surge suppression for the coils Suitable for all C7 contactors ➋ For use with C7 all (with C control) Connection Diagrams Function Catalog Number Price Input Output 24V DC ➊ 0 CRI7E-24 2V DC 240V C CRI7E-2 48V DC CRI7E-48 Gray is special order C7 Contactors C7 all (with C control) RC Module - C Control (50/60Hz) 24 48V 0 280V CRC7-48 CRC V CRC7-480 Surge Suppressors - Limits coil switching transients. Plug-in, coil mounted Suitable for all C7 contactors C7-9C 43C (with conventional DC control) C7 all (with C control) C7-9C 43C (with conventional DC control) Diode Module - DC Control 2-250VDC CRD7-250 ➌ Varistor Module - C/DC Control 2 55VC/ 2 77VDC 56 36VC/ 78 80VDC VC/ 8 350VDC CRV7-55 ➌ 7.20 CRV7-36 ➌ 8.80 CRV7-277 ➌ VC CRV7-575 ➌ 8.80 ➊ Control voltage 8 30V DC (0 5m) ➋ Minimum actuation current is 5 volts, 2ma. The leakage current is <M for the following: 2.5 VDC input VDC input 0 VDC input. ➌ Electronic DC Contactors (C7-9E 55E) include internal surge protection and do not require additional external surge protection. 5

52 C7 Contactors C Voltage Sag Immunity Modules Module Description Module Input Control circuit voltage range Full-Wave Bridge Rectifier Module Output For use with C contactors with DC coil Semi-F47 Modules For C7 Contactors Catalog Number SEMI-F47-Module VC VDC ➊ C7-SF47 03 Price Semi-F47-Module with...30s on-delay timer VC VDC ➊ C7-SF Sprecher + Schuh s C7-SF47 module meets the Semi-F47 C voltage sag immunity requirements to 50% voltage sag for 200 ms. Voltage sags can affect the readiness and operation of contactors and starters, resulting in shut downs, lost production, and diminished revenue. It is essential for process equipment to be compatible with its electrical environment. The C7-SF47 voltage sag immunity module is an essential component to achieve equipment reliability during voltage sag events. Product Features Meets Semi-F47 standard requirements For use with C contactors with DC coils. full-wave bridge rectifier internal to the C7-SF47 module provides C to DC coil voltage rectification. Suitable for contactor range (with screw terminals) - C , 3-Pole contactors - C7-90, 4-Pole contactor Optional to 30 seconds On-Delay timer function. Benefits Direct mounting to the coil terminals of the C7 contactors. Only 24 mm is added to the component height. Direct electrical connection to the contactor. Customer coil power connections are made at the terminals of the C7-SF47 module The C7-SF4730 module includes a to 30 seconds adjustable On-Delay timer in addition to the voltage sag immunity functionality. Two independent functions in a single module. Percentage of Equipment Nominal Voltage Duration of Voltage Sag in Seconds VOLTGE SG DURTION VOLTGE SG Seconds Milliseconds Cycles at 60 hz Cycles at 50 hz Percent (%) of Equipment Nominal Voltage < 0.05 s < 50 ms < 3 cycles < 2.5 cycles Not specified 0.05 to 0.2 s 50 to 200 ms 3 to 2 cycles 2.5 to 0 cycles 50% 0.2 to 0.5 s 200 to 500 ms 2 to 30 cycles 0 to 25 cycles 70% 0.5 to.0 s 500 to 000 ms 30 to 60 cycles 25 to 50 cycles 80% >.0 s > 000 ms > 60 cycles > 50 cycles Not specified ➊ Input C control circuit voltage must be matched when selecting the contactor/relay DC coil voltage. 52

53 Terminal Lug Kits ➊ Component Description 3 Pole Lug Kit llows larger wires to be used with the contactor. Ideal for wye-delta, reversing and multispeed contactors and starters. Can increase IEC C- current rating, as well as the UL/CS continuous current (resistive) rating of the contactor. Three pole kit used for smaller contactors. For use with... C line side -load side IEC (40 C) Maximum Resistive Current Ratings () ➋ IEC (60 C) UL/CS (40 C) Pkg. Qty ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactor Terminal Lug Kits Catalog Number ➊ C7-P-KN23 C7-P-KL23 Price Each C C7-P-K C7 Contactors Pole Lug Kit llows larger wires to be used with the contactor. Ideal for wye-delta, reversing and multispeed contactors and starters. Can increase C- current rating of the contactor. One pole kit used for larger contactors. C ➌ C7-P-K C ➌ C7-P-K Paralleling Links ➊➋ Component Description For use with... IEC (40 C) Maximum Resistive Current Ratings () ➋ IEC (60 C) UL/CS (40 C) Pkg. Qty. Catalog Number ➊ Price Each 3 Pole Paralleling Link llows smaller C7 contactors to be used on single-phase resistive applications. By paralleling the three power poles, the contacts see only a portion of the actual load. ➍ C ➌ C7-P-B C ➌ C7-P-B Quick Connectors Component Description For use with... Pkg. Qty. Catalog Number Price Each Stab Connectors - Dual stab (0.250 inch) C coil term. C power term. C7 accessories C7-SC2 C7-SC0 C4-SC ➊ culus pproved (File E3396). ➋ Lighting applications are not considered purely resistive loads. Therefore, the IEC and UL/CS resistive ratings listed here do not apply to lighting loads. Lighting contactor ratings are provided in the Technical Information section. ➌ Must be ordered in multiples of package quantity. For example on C7-P-K43, order minimum quantity of 3 for one package of 3 pieces. Price is per piece. ➍ Engineering practice permits 2.5 x I e to be applied to a contactor when 3 poles are connected in parallel for single phase discharge lamp (ballast lighting) applications. 53

54 ccessories Field Installable C7 Contactors C7 Contactors Reversing Components Component Description For Use With Dovetail Connectors Connects multiple contactor and starter assemblies together. Pkg. Qty. Catalog Number Price Each C7 all 0 C7-S9.33 Reversing Power Wiring Kit - ➊ Provides a solid wireless connection for reversing applications. May be used with both solid state and thermal O/L relays. C7-9 2 C C C C CUT7-PW CUT7-PW37 CUT7-PW55 CUT7-PW Reversing Power Wiring Kits Only the kits are catalog items. Single components are available by special order in bulk packages of 20 pieces. Kit = CUT7-PW23 C7-PWNM23M Kit = CUT7-PW37 C7-PWNM37M Kit = CUT7-PW55 C7-PWN55 C C Kit = CUT7-PW85 C7-PWNM85M C C C7-PWLM23M C7-PWLM37M C7-PWLM55M ssembly Components Component Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Catalog Number Price Each Protective Covers - Protects against unintended manual operation. C7 all C7-SCC 3.27 C7-PWLM85M Protective Covers - For front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic timers and latches. CS7-PV, C7-PV, CZE7, CZ7, CV7 C7-SCF.39 DIN-rail - 2 meter lengths ( 6' 6"); price per rail Top Hat, low profile Top Hat, high profile C7 all F 3F See page N30 Marking Systems Component Description Pkg. Qty. Catalog Number Price Each Label Sheet sheet with 05 self-adhesive paper labels, each 6 x 7mm Marking Tag Sheet - sheet with 60 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 7mm. To be used with transparent cover. Transparent Cover - To be used with Marking Tag Sheets. C7-FMS.77 C7-FMP ➋ C7-FMC.4 Tag Carrier - For marking with marker cards and tags. See page N35 for complete listing of available cards and tabs. 00 ➋ C7-FM2.4 ➊ culus pproved (File E3396). ➋ Minimum quantity is one package of 00. Price is each x 00 = package price. 54

55 Wye-Delta Starter Kits ➊ Wye-Delta power wiring kits were designed to aid in the field assembly of open-transition wyedelta starters that use C7 contactors. These kits include line, load and start-point (shorting) connections. ssembling a wye-delta starter requires the use of the following components: Contactors and overload relay Mechanical / Electrical Interlock (Cat.No: CM7-02) Electronic Wye-delta Timer (Cat. No: CRZY7-30-0/240) Dovetail Connector to couple M and 2M contactor (Cat. No: C7-S9); optional Three Contactor ssembly Components Kit = CYT7-PW23 C7-PWNM23M Kit = CYT7-PW37 C7-PWNM37M 3-Phase Rating kw (50Hz) HP (60Hz) Use with catalog number V Delta Wye 230V 45V 500V 690V 200V 230V 460V 575V M 2M S C7-9 C7-9 C C7-2 C7-2 C C7-6 C7-6 C C7-23 C7-23 C C7-30 C7-30 C C7-37 C7-37 C C7-43 C7-43 C C7-55 C7-55 C C7-60 C7-60 C C7-72 C7-72 C C7-85 C7-85 C C7-97 C7-97 C7-60 Kit = CYT7-PW55 C7-PWNM55M C7-PWD43 For 3 contactor assembly ➋ Catalog Number ccessories Field Installable Power Jumper Connection Reversing Power Connection Price CYT7-PW CYT7-PW CYT7-PW CYT7-PW CYT7-PW C7 Contactors Shorting Bar C7 Contactors C7-55 C7-55 C7-PWLM23M C7-PWY55 Kit = CYT7-PW72 C7-PWNM85M Kit = CYT7-PW72 C7-PWNM85M Kit = CYT7-PW85 C7-PWNM85M C7-PWD85 C7-PWD43 C7-PWD43 C C C C C C C C7-PWLM85M Two Contactor ssembly Components When Connecting... Delta Wye 2M S C7-30 C7-30 C7-37 C7-37 C7-43 C7-43 C7-55 C7-55 C7-60 C7-60 C7-72 C7-72 C7-85 C7-85 C7-97 C7-97 Load Side Power Connection Catalog Number Price C7-PWLM37M 7.00 C7-PWLM55M 7.00 Shorting Bar Catalog Number Price C7-PWD C7-PWLM85M C7-PWD C C7-PWLM37M C C7-PWLM85M C7-PWD43 2M S 2M S C M C C7-PWLM55M C S C C7-PWD85 C7-PWD43 Two Contactor Wiring Connections are for Hydraulic Elevator Wye-Delta Contactors C7Y2 ➊ culus pproved (File E3396). ➋ Individual parts of kits are available for unique applications by special order. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh Representative. 55

56 C7 Contactors Renewal Coils -.C. ➊➋➌ C Control Voltages C Coil Codes ➋ For use with contactor... C C C C C7-97 C7-9-M...6-M... C7-23-M...37-M... ~ ~ C7-90-M... CQ7-6 CQ7-37 ~ ~ ~ CNX CNX CNX-22 CNX-28 ~ CN7-2 6 CN7-37 C7-40-M, CN7-43 CN7-85 ~ ~ CL(V)7-20-M40 CL(V)7-30-M40 ~ CL(V)7-60-M40 50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. ~ 2V ~ 2B T006 TC006 TD006 TE006 TF006 2V ~ ~ 2 T404 TC404 TD404 TE404 TF404 ~ 24V ~ 24B T03 TC03 TD03 TE03 TF03 24V ~ ~ 24 T407 TC407 TD407 TE407 TF407 ~ ~ 24V 24Z T855 TC855 TD855 TE855 TF855 32V 36V ~ 36 T48 TC48 TD48 TE48 TF48 36V ~ ~ 36 T40 TC40 TD40 TE40 TF40 42V 48V ~ 48 T482 TC482 TD482 TE482 TF482 48V ~ 48 T44 TC44 TD44 TE44 TF44 ~ ~ 48V 48Z T860 TC860 TD860 TE860 TF860 00V V 00 0 T86 TC86 TD86 TE86 TF86 0V 20V ~ 20 T473 TC473 TD473 TE473 TF473 ~ ~ 0V 0Z T856 TC856 TD856 TE856 TF856 20V ~ ~ 20 T425 TC425 TD425 TE425 TF425 5V 27V ~ 27 T424 TC424 TD424 TE424 TF424 27V ~ ~ 27 T428 TC428 TD428 TE428 TF V V 200V 220 T862 TC862 TD862 TE862 TF862 ~ 208V ~ 208 T049 TC049 TD049 TE049 TF V V ~ 220W T296 TC296 TD296 TE296 TF V 240V ~ 240 T474 TC474 TD474 TE474 TF V 260V ~ 230 T44 TC44 TD44 TE44 TF44 ~ ~ V 230W T864 TC864 TD864 TE864 ~ ~ ~ 230V 230Z T85 TC85 TD85 TE85 TF V ~ ~ 240 T440 TC440 TD440 TE440 TF V 277V ~ 277 T480 TC480 TD480 TE480 TF480 ~ ~ 240V 240Z T858 TC858 TD858 TE858 TF858 ~ 347V ~ 347 T065 TC065 TD065 TE065 TF065 ~ 380V ~ 380B T067 TC067 TD067 TE067 TF V...400V 440V ~ 380 T07 TC07 TD07 TE07 TF07 ~ ~ 400V 400Z T863 TC863 TD863 TE863 TF V...45V ~ ~ 45 T457 TC457 TD457 TE457 TF V 480V ~ 480 T475 TC475 TD475 TE475 TF475 ~ ~ 440V 440Z T859 TC859 TD859 TE859 TF V ~ ~ 500 T479 TC479 TD479 TE479 TF V 600V ~ 600 T476 TC476 TD476 TE476 TF476 Price Renewal Coils C7 Contactors.C. Control C7 C Coil (typical) ➊ Other coil voltages available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative for information. ➋ C Codes in bold letters and shaded indicate coils that are standard stocked items. ➌ C and DC coils on CNX-xxx contactors are not interchangeable. 56 Discount Schedule B6

57 Renewal Coils - D.C. ➊➋ DC Control Voltages DC Coil Codes ➋ Electronic DC Replacement Coils ➏ C7-9E...6E C7-9E-M... 6E-M... CN7-2E 6E For use with contactor... C7-23E...37E C7-23E-M... CN7-37E C7-43E 55E C7-40E-M... CN7-43E Two Winding DC Replacement Coils For use with contactor... C7-60D...85D ➎ CNX7-28 CN7-85D C7-97D ➎ C7-90D-M... Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 9V Diode ➌ 9DD ~ ~ ~ TE766M TF766M 2V Electronic 2E TC708E TC708E TD708E ~ ~ 2V Diode 2DD ~ ~ ~ TE708M TF708M 24V Electronic 24E TC74E TC74E TD74E ~ ~ 24V Diode ➍ 24DD ~ ~ ~ TE74M TF74M 36-48V Elec 36E TC79E TC79E TD79E ~ ~ 36V Diode 36DD ~ ~ ~ TE79M TF79M 48-72V Elec 48E TC724E TC724E TD724E ~ ~ 48V Diode 48DD ~ ~ ~ TE724M TF724M 60V Diode 60DD ~ ~ ~ TE774M TF774M 64V Diode 64DD ~ ~ ~ TE727M TF727M 72V Diode 72DD ~ ~ ~ TE728M TF728M 80V Diode 80DD ~ ~ ~ TE729M TF729M 0-25V Elec 0E TC733E TC733E TD733E ~ ~ 0V Diode 0DD ~ ~ ~ TE733M TF733M 5V Diode 5DD ~ ~ ~ TE734M TF734M 25V Diode 25DD ~ ~ ~ TE737M TF737M V Elec 220E TC747E TC747E TD747E ~ ~ 220V Diode 220DD ~ ~ ~ TE747M TF747M 230V Suppres. 230DS ~ ~ ~ TE749F TF749F 250V Suppres. 250DS ~ ~ ~ TE75F TF75F Price (coil with diode) Note: The DD coils listed above include an integrated bidirectional diode. Drop out time of this design is significantly improved when compared to an external diode. See ratings on page 69. Renewal Coils C7 Contactors D.C. Control 2V & 24V Electronic DC coil 36V 220V Electronic DC coil with Back Pack Two Winding DC coil (typical) ➎ C7 Contactors ➊ Other coil voltages and coils for obsolete products may be available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative for information. ➋ DC Codes in bold letters and shaded indicate coils that are standard stocked items. ➌ Voltage operating range: x U s. ➍ Voltage operating range: x U s. ➎ C7-60D 97D contactors have a two winding coil with built-in late break auxiliary contact and coil suppression. ➏ C7-9E...55E electronic coils are not interchangeable with non-electronic DC or C coils Discount Schedule B6 57

58 C7 Contactors Replacement Contactors Cross Reference, Series C to Series C7 (Open Type Only) ➊ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Series CU I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Obsolete 400V / Ø 3 Ø Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Number CU-0 Obsolete Contactor Cross Reference Series C7 Equivalent Catalog Number C /2 7-/ CU /2 5 5 C / CU / C / CU / C C CU / C / CU C C or C3 to C7 Contactors CU-0 Contactor Replacement Contactors Cross Reference, Series C3 to Series C7 (Open Type Only) ➊ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Series C3 I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Obsolete 400V / Ø 3 Ø Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Number /2 C3-9-0 Series C7 Equivalent Catalog Number /2 / /2 C /2 0 C / /2 0 C C C C /2 5 5 C /2 7-/ C / C C C / C / C C C C C C C / C C C3-72 Contactor ➊ vailable auxiliary contacts may vary. See selection pages for more information. 58

59 Electrical Data C7-9 Rated Insulation Voltage U i IEC, S,BS,SEV, VDE 0660 [V] 690V UL; CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage U imp [kv] 8kV Rated Voltage U e -Main Contacts Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 C 50/60Hz [V] 5, 200, 208, 230, 240, 380, 400, 45, 460, 500, 575, 690V DC [V] 24, 48, 0, 5, 220, 230, 300, 440V Operating Frequency for C Loads [Hz] Hz C7 Contactors Switching Motor Loads Standard IEC Ratings C-2, C-3, C-4 230V [] DOL Reversing 240V [] Hz/60 C 400V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] UL/CS DOL Reversing 5V [] Hz Ø 230V [] V [HP] /2 / / V [HP] / / V [] Ø 230V [] V [] V [] V [HP] / V [HP] / V [HP] 5 7-/ V [HP] 7-/ C2 [ops/hr] Maximum Operating Rate C3 [ops/hr] (at max. amps) ➊ C4 [ops/hr] ➊ See page 82 for additional detail. 59

60 C7 Contactors Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors Electrical Data C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Switching Motor Loads (continued) C-4 230V [] ,000 Op. Cycles 240V [] Hz 400V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] Hz Ø 5V [] V [] V [HP] /8 /4 /3 /2 /2 3/ V [HP] /3 /2 -/ /2 200V [] Ø 230V [] V [] V [] V [HP] 3/ /2 7-/ V [HP] -/ /2 7-/ V [HP] / V [HP] /2 7-/ Maximum Operating Rate [ops/ hour] Wye-Delta (Star Delta) 230V [kw] Hz 240V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [HP] /2 7-/ Hz 230V [HP] 5 7-/ V [HP] V [HP] UL/CS Elevator Duty 200V [] ➊ ➊ 230V [] V [] V [] V [HP] /2 7-/ V [HP] / V [HP] 5 7-/ V [HP] 5 7-/ ➊ Testing incomplete at the time of this printing. 60

61 Electrical Data Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 C- Load, 3Ø Switching I th [] mbient Temperature 40º C 230V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] mbient Temperature 60º C I th [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] Maximum Operating Rate [ops/ hour],000,000,000,000,000, Continuous Current (UL/CS) General Purpose Rating (40 ) Open [] Enclosed [] Maximum Operating Rate [ops/ hour],400,400,200,200,200, Lighting Loads ➊ Elec.Dischrg.Lamps-C-5a, Open [] single compensated Enclosed [] Max. capacitance at prospective 0k short circuit current available at 20k the contactor 50k [mf] [mf] [mf], , , , Incandescent Lamps - C -5b Electrical endurance ~ 00,000 operations [] Switching power transformers C-6a 50Hz Inrush = n Rated transformer current [] n= VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] [] n= VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] [] n=5 230 VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] ,700, ,700, ,200, ,200, ,000 2, ,000 2, ,700 2, ,700 2, C7 Contactors ➊ C7 ratings for lighting loads are provided for technical reference. For cul rated and labeled devices, see CL7 contactors listed in this section. 6

62 C7 Contactors Electrical Data Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors C-6a C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Switching power transformers - 60Hz Inrush = n Rated transformer current [] n= VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] [] n= VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] [] n=5 200 VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] C-6b ➊ Capacitor Switching - 50Hz Single Capacitor - 40 C 230 VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] Single Capacitor - 60 C 230 VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] Capacitor Bank - 40 C 230 VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] Capacitor Bank - 60 C 230 VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] Capacitor Switching - 60Hz Single Capacitor - 40 C 200 VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] Capacitor Bank - 40 C 200 VC [kvar] VC [kvar] VC [kvar] V [kvar] ➊ Inductance of leads between capacitors in parallel: min. 6 µh (C7-9 C7-30 = L min. 30 µh) 62

63 Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors Electrical Data C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Switching of Low Inductive Loads in Home ppliances and Similar pplications per IEC 6095 (50 Hz) C-7a 230 VC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ 400 VC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ 440 VC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ Switching of Motor Load Home ppliances - 50 Hz C-7b 230 VC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 400 VC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 440 VC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Switching of Hermetically Sealed Cooling Compressor Motors - 50 Hz C-8a manual reset of overload release 400 VC [] VC [] VC [] C-8b automatic reset of overload release 400 VC [] VC [] VC [] C7 Contactors 63

64 C7 Contactors Electrical Data Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors DC- Switching - 60 C C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C VDC [] VDC [] Pole 60VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Poles in Series 60VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Poles in Series 60VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] DC-2, 3, 5 Switching - 60 C Starting, reverse current braking, reversing, DC-5, 60ºC 24VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Shunt Wound 0VDC [] Poles in Series 220VDC [] VDC [] Series-wound Motors 3 Poles in Series 24VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Three poles wired in series for DC switching + OPTION OPTION B 64

65 Electrical Data Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Resistance and Watt Loss I e C-3/ 400V Resistance per power pole [mω] Watt Loss - 3 power poles [W] Coil and 3 power poles C (coil warm) [W] DC (coil warm) [W] Short-Circuit Coordination Max. Fuse or circuit breaker ratings DIN Fuses -gg, gl vailable Fault Current [K] Type (690V) ➌ [] Type 2 (690V) ➌ [] BS 88 Fuses vailable Fault Current [K] ➍ ➍ Type (45V) ➌ [] ➍ ➍ Type 2 (45V) ➌ [] ➍ ➍ C7 Contactors cul Short-Circuit Ratings Class K, RK, K5, and RK5 Fuses vailable Fault Current [K] cul Max. Rating (600V) ➋ Type [] Class CC & CS HRCI Fuses vailable Fault Current [K] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ cul Max. Rating (600V) ➋ Type 2 [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Class J CS & HRCI-J Fuses vailable Fault Current [K] cul Max. Rating (600V) Type 2 [] Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker ➊ vailable Fault Current [K] cul Max. Rating 480V ➋ Type [] cul Max. Rating 600V ➋ Type [] ~ ~ ~ ~ Short Time Current Withstand Ratings I cw 60 C 0 s [] Off Time Between Operations [Min.] ➊ When used as a Branch Circuit Protection device, NEC defines the maximum rating of an Inverse-time circuit breaker to be sized at 250% of the motor nameplate FL for most applications. ➋ UL Listed Combination. (UL File E4850) Per UL508, NEC409 abd CS 22.2 No.4 for contactor and fuses or circuit breaker only. ➌ Per IEC for contactor and fuses only. ➍ To be determined - Test data not available at time of this printing. 65

66 C7 Contactors Short Circuit Ratings High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL508 and CS 22.2 No.4 CEP7 Second Generation Cat. No. CEP7 Contactor Cat. No. Max. starter FLC () Max. available fault current (k) Fuse Ratings Max. voltage (V) UL Class J/CC/ CS HRCI-J fuse max. () 3 Technical Information C7 Contactors & Overload Relay UL Listed Circuit Breaker Ratings Short Circuit Rating (k) Max. voltage (V) Max. CB Rating () EDB, EEB 0.5 C7-9 EDBB, EEBB C ~ 600 ~ C7-2 EDCB, EDDB, 2 20 CN7-2 EDEB, EEEB, C7-6 EECB, EEDB CN ~ 600 ~ C C EDDD, EDED, C EDFD, EEDD, CN EEED, EEFD C CN7-43 CEP7-EEQD C EEEE, EEFE EEGE C C C CN7-85 EEVE C

67 Short Circuit Ratings Standard Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL508 and CS 22.2 No.4 Max. available CEP7 Second Generation fault current Cat. No. (k) CEP7 Conditional S.C. current, Iq (k) S.C.P.D. EDB, EEB, EDBB, EEBB Suitable for use with fuses only EDCB, EDDB, EDEB, EDDD, EDED, EDFD EECB, EEDB, EEEB, EEDD, EEED, EEFD, EEQD EEPB, EERB, EESB, EETD 5 600V Max. Voltage Not restricted to fusing only EEEE, EEFE, EEGE, EEUE, EEVE 0 Technical Information C7 Contactors & Overload Relay C7 Contactors IEC Short Circuit Ratings per EN CEP7 Second Generation Cat. No. EDB, EEB EDBB, EEBB CEP7 EDCB, EDDB, EECB, EEDB, EEPB, EERB EDEB, EDDD, EDED, EDFD, EEEB, EEDD, EEED, EEFD, EEQD, EEEE, EEFE, EESB, EETD 3 EEGE, EEUE, EEVE 5 Prospective S.C. Conditional S.C. current, Ir (k) current, Iq (k) Max. voltage (V) S.C.P.D. Suitable for use with fuses only Not restricted to fusing only IEC Type I and Type II Fuse Coordination with C7 Series contactors per EN CEP7 Second Generation Cat. No. CEP7 Contactor Cat. No. Prospective S.C. current/ Ir (k) Conditional S.C. current/ Iq (k) Type I with Class J fuse max. () Type II with Class J fuse max. () Max. starter Max. voltage FLC () (V) EDB, EEB C7-9 EDBB, EEBB 6 6 EDCB, EDDB, EECB, EEDB EDEB, EEEB EDDD, EDED, EDFD, EEDD, EEED, EEFD C C C C C C C C C C C EEQD C EEEE, EEFE EEGE C C C C C C EEVE C

68 C7 Contactors Electro-Mechanical Data Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-55 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Service Life Mechanical C [Mil.] DC [Mil.] Electrical C-3 (400V) C [Mil.] Shipping Weights C - C7 [kg] [Lbs.] C -CU7 [kg] [Lbs.] DC - C7 [kg] [Lbs.] DC - CU7 [kg] [Lbs.] Terminations - Power Description One saddleclamp per pole: cross, slotted or Pozidrive No. 2/blade No. 3 screw Dual connection; one saddleclamp and one box lug per pole; cross, slotted or Pozidrive No. 2/blade No. 4 screw Dual connection; two box lugs per pole llen Head: 4mm, 5/32 Wire 2 Wires [mm 2 ] [mm 2 ] Wire 2 Wires [mm 2 ] [mm 2 ] Torque Requirement Wire 2 Wires [WG] [WG] [Nm] [Lb-in] Terminations - Control Description Combination Screw Head: Cross, Slotted, Pozidrive Coils or 2 [mm 2 ] 2.5 Wires [WG] 6 2 Control Modules or 2 [mm 2 ] 4 Wires [WG] 6 2 Torque Requirement [Nm].5 [Lb-in] C7-9 23: IP2X from all directions Degree of Protection - contactor C : IP2X from front with front (upper) terminal wired C : IP2X from front with front (upper) terminal wired (min. wire size 6mm 2 or #6 WG) Protection gainst ccidental Contact Safe from touch by fingers and back-of-hand per VDE 006; Part 00 Environmental and General Specifications mbient Temperature ➊ Storage C ( F) - [CRI7E Electronic Interface C ( F)] Operation C ( F) (40 C per UL) Conditioned 5% current reduction after C- at >60 C C ( F) ltitude at installed site 2000 meters above sea level per IEC Resistance to Corrosion/Humidity Damp-alternating climate: cyclic to IEC 68-2, 56 cycles Dry heat: IEC 68-2, +00 C (22 F), relative humidity <50%, 7 days. Damp tropical: IEC 68-2, +40 C (04 F), relative humidity <92%, 56 days. Shock Resistance IEC : Half sinusoidal shock ms, 30g (in all three directions) Vibration Resistance IEC : Static > 2g, in normal position no malfunction <5g Pollution Degree 3 Operating Position Refer to Dimension Pages Standards IEC/EN /-4-/-5-; UL508; CS 22.2 No. 4 pprovals CE, culus, CCC ➊ mbient is the temperature outside the enclosure. 68

69 Lug Kit and Paralleling Link Specifications pprovals Conformity to Standards Protection gainst ccidental Contact Terminations C7-P- KN23 / KL23 Technical Information C7 3-Pole Contactors C7-P-K37 C7-P-K43 C7-P-K85 C7-P-B23 C7-P-B37 UL Listed; CS Certified; C UL508; CS 22.2 No. 4; IEC IP2LX Finger Protection C7 Contactors Description Cross, slotted or Pozidrive screw llen Head; 5mm, 3/6 llen Head; 7 mm, 5/32 Wire Size Wire [mm 2 ] Wire [mm 2 ] Wire [WG] / / /0 Torque Requirement [Nm] [Lb-in] Coil Data - C / Two Winding DC C7-9 2 C7-6 C7-23 C C C C7-97 Voltage Range C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [xu s ] Dropout [xu s ] DC: Two Winding (60D 97D) Pickup [xu s ] (9V coils = ; 24V coils = ) Dropout [xu s ] Coil Consumption C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [V] V/240W Hold-in [V/W] 9.5/ / /3. 2.3/3. 3.3/3.3 9/6.5 24/9 DC: Two Winding (60D 97D) Pickup [W] ~ Hold-in [W] Operating Times C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [ms] Dropout [ms] with RC Suppressor Dropout [ms] DC: Two Winding (60D 97D) Pickup [ms] ~ Dropout [ms] ➊ ➊ Coil Data - Electronic DC Voltage Range Coil Consumption & Operating Times ➋ Voltage Nominal Voltage US Ratings verage/peak Pickup [W] Hold-in [W] Dropout Voltage Pickup Dropout Code [VDC] [xu s ] C7-9E 37E C7-43E 55E C7-9E 37E C7-43E 55E [xu s ] [ms] [ms] 2E /7 6/ E /7 6/ E /7 6/ E /7 6/ E ➌ 2/9 6/ E /22 8/ ➊ 220V. ➋ The hold-in demand of the C7-9E 55E is very low but the pick-up demand is approximately ampere at 24 VDC. When sizing (dimensioning) a power supply for applications involving parallel switched contactors then multiply the peak demand by the number of contactors to be simultaneously switched and add to the hold-in demand of all other control circuit burdens, including other contactors, pilot devices, solenoids, etc. ➌ t 0VDC, coil code 0E has an operating range of xu s 69

70 Technical Information C7 4-Pole Contactors C7 Contactors Electrical Data Rated Insulation Voltage U i IEC, S, BS, SEV, VDE 0660 UL; CS Rated Impulse Voltage U imp Rated Voltage U e - Main Contacts C 50/60Hz DC Operating Frequency for C Loads C7-9-M40(3; 22) C7-2-M40(3; 22) C7-6-M40(3; 22) C7-23-M40(3; 22) 690V 600V 8 kv 5, 200, 208, 230, 240, 380, 400, 45, 460, 500, 575, 690V 24, 48, 0, 5, 220, 230, 300, 440V Hz C7-40-M22 C7-40-M40 C7-90-M22 C7-90-M40 Switching Motor Loads Standard IEC Ratings C-2, C-3, C-4 230V [] DOL & Reversing 240v [] Hz/60ºC 400V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] UL/CS DOL & Reversing 5V [] Hz/60ºC Ø 230V [] V [HP] /2 / /2 7-/2 230V [HP] -/ V [] V [] V [] V [] V [HP] V [HP] / V [HP] 5 7-/ V [HP] 7-/ Maximum Operating Rate C2 [ops/hr] (at max. amps) C3 [ops/hr] C4 [ops/hr]

71 Electrical Data C7-9-M40 (3; 22) C7-2-M40 (3; 22) C7-6-M40 (3; 22) C7-23-M40 (3; 22) C7-40-M22 C7-40-M40 C7-90-M22 C7-90-M40 C- Load, 3Ø Switching mbient Temperature 40ºC I th [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] I th [] V [kw] mbient Temperature 60º 240V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] Max Operating Rate [ops/hour],000,000,,000,, Continuous Current (UL/CS) General Purpose Rating (40º) Open [] Enclosed [] Max. Operating Rate [ops/hour],400,400,200,200,000, Lighting Loads ❶ Technical Information C7 4-pole Contactors Elec. Dischrg.Lamps-C-5a, Open [] single compensated Enclosed [] Incandescent Lamps C-5b, Electrical endurance~00,000 operations DC- Switching - 60ºC 24VDC [] VDC [] Pole 60VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Pole in Series 60VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] ~ 48 ~ 00 48VDC [] ~ 48 ~ 00 3 Poles in Series ➋ 60VDC [] ~ 48 ~ 00 0VDC [] ~ 48 ~ VDC [] ~ 48 ~ VDC [] ~ 3.5 ~ 5 24VDC [] ~ 60 ~ 0 48VDC [] ~ 60 ~ 0 4 Poles in Series 60VDC [] ~ 60 ~ 0 0VDC [] ~ 60 ~ 0 220VDC [] ~ 60 ~ VDC [] ~ 0 ~ 5 C7 Contactors ➊ C7 ratings for lighting loads are provided for technical reference. For cul rated and labeled devices, see CL7 contactors listed in this section. ➋ See page 64 for Three poles wired in series for DC switching 7

72 C7 Contactors Electrical Data C7-9-M40 (3; 22) C7-2-M40 (3; 22) C7-6-M40 (3; 22) C7-23-M40 (3;22) Technical Information C7 4-pole Contactors C7-40-M22 C7-40-M40 C7-90-M22 C7-90-M40 Resistance and Watt Loss I e C-3/ 400V Resistance per power pole [mω] Watt Loss - 4 power poles [W] Coil and 4 power poles C [W] DC [W] Short Circuit Coordination DIN Fuses -gg, gl vailable Fault Current [] 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K Type (690V) ➌ [] Type 2 (690V) ➌ [] BS 88 Fuses vailable Fault Current [] 80 K 80 K 80 K 80 K ~ ~ ~ ~ Type (690V) ➌ [] ~ ~ ~ ~ Type 2 (690V) ➌ [] ~ ~ ~ ~ Class K, RK Fuses vailable Fault Current [] 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K Type 2 (600V) ➌ [] cul Short-Circuit Ratings Class K, RK, K5, and RK5 Fuses vailable Fault Current [] 5 K 5 K 5 K 5 K 5 K 5 K 0 K 0 K cul Max. Rating (600V) ➋ Type [] Class CC & CS HRCI Fuses vailable Fault Current [] 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K ~ ~ ~ ~ cul Max. Rating (600V) ➋ Type 2 [] ~ ~ ~ ~ Class J CS & HRCI-J Fuses vailable Fault Current [] 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K cul Max. Rating (600V) ➋ Type 2 [] ➍ 70 ➍ 50 ➍ 50 ➍ Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker ➊ vailable Fault Current [] 5 K 5 K 5 K 5 K 5 K 5 K 0 K 0 K cul Max. Rating 480V ➋ Type [] cul Max. Rating 600V ➋ Type [] ~ ~ ~ ~ Short Time Current Withstand Ratings I cw 60 C [] Off Time Between Operations [Min.] ➊ When used as a Branch Circuit Protection device, NEC defines the maximum rating of an Inverse-time circuit breaker to be sized at 250% of the motor nameplate FL for most applications. ➋ UL Listed Combination. (UL File E4850) Per UL508, NEC409 abd CS 22.2 No.4 for contactor and fuses or circuit breaker only. ➌ Per IEC for contactor and fuses only. ➍ UL Testing not complete a the time of printing this catalog. 72

73 Mechanical Data C7-9-M40 (3; 22) C7-2-M40 (3; 22) C7-6-M40 (3; 22) C7-23-M40 (3; 22) CL7-20 C7-40-M22 C7-40-M40 CL7-30 C7-90-M22 C7-90-M40 CL7-60 Service Life Mechanical C [Mil.] Shipping Weights DC [Mil.] C - C7 [kg] [Lbs.] DC - C7 [kg] Terminations - Power Description Technical Information C7 4-pole Contactors [Lbs.] C7 Contactors One saddleclamp per pole: cross, slotted or Pozidrive No. 2/blade No. 3 screw Dual connection; one saddleclamp and one box lug per pole; cross, slotted or Pozidrive No. 2/ blade No. 4 screw Dual connection; two box lugs per pole llen Head: 4mm, 5/32 Wire 2 Wires [mm 2 ] [mm 2 ] Wire 2 Wires [mm 2 ] [mm 2 ] Wire 2 Wires [WG] [WG] Torque Requirement [Nm] [Lb-in] Terminations - Control Description Combination Screw Head: Cross, Slotted, Pozidrive Coils or 2 [mm 2 ] 2.5 Wires [WG] 6 2 Control Modules or 2 [mm 2 ] 4 Wires [WG] 6 2 Torque Requirement [Nm].5 [Lb-in] C7-9 23: IP2X from all directions Degree of Protection - contactor C : IP2X from front with front (upper) terminal wired C : IP2X from front with front (upper) terminal wired (min. wire size 6mm 2 or #6 WG) Protection gainst ccidental Contact Safe from touch by fingers and back-of-hand per VDE 006; Part 00 Environmental and General Specifications mbient Temperature ➊ Storage C ( F) - [CRI7E Electronic Interface C ( F)] Operation C ( F) (40 C per UL) Conditioned 5% current reduction after C- at >60 C C ( F) ltitude at installed site 2000 meters above sea level per IEC Resistance to Corrosion/Humidity Damp-alternating climate: cyclic to IEC 68-2, 56 cycles Dry heat: IEC 68-2, +00 C (22 F), relative humidity <50%, 7 days. Damp tropical: IEC 68-2, +40 C (04 F), relative humidity <92%, 56 days. Shock Resistance IEC : Half sinusoidal shock ms, 30g (in all three directions) Vibration Resistance IEC : Static > 2g, in normal position no malfunction <5g Pollution Degree 3 Operating Position Refer to Dimension Pages Standards IEC/EN /-4-/-5-; UL508; CS 22.2 No. 4 pprovals CE, culus, CCC ➊ mbient is the temperature outside the enclosure. 73

74 C7 Contactors Coil Data - C / Two Winding DC C7-9-M40 (3; 22) C7-2-M40 (3; 22) C7-6-M40 (3; 22) C7-23-M40 (3; 22) CL7-20 C7-40-M22 C7-40-M40 CL7-30 Technical Information C7 4-Pole Contactors C7-90-M22 C7-90-M40 CL7-60 Voltage Range C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [xu s ] Dropout [xu s ] DC, Two Winding (90D) Pickup [xu s ] (9V coils = ; 24V coils = ) Dropout [xu s ] Coil Consumption C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [V] V/240W 400V/240W Hold-in [V/W] 9.5/ / / /3. 3.3/ /3.3 24/9 24/9 DC: Two Winding (90D) Pickup [W] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Hold-in [W] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Operating Times C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [ms] Dropout [ms] with RC Suppressor Dropout [ms] DC: Two Winding (90D) Pickup [ms] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Dropout [ms] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Coil Data - Electronic DC Voltage Range Coil Consumption & Operating Times ➋ Voltage Nominal Voltage US Ratings verage/peak Pickup [W] Hold-in [W] Dropout Voltage Pickup Dropout Code [VDC] [xu s ] C7-9E 37E C7-40E C7-9E 37E C7-40E [xu s ] [ms] [ms] 2E /7 6/ E /7 6/ E /7 6/ E /7 6/ E /9 6/ E /22 8/ ➊ The hold-in demand of the C7-9E 55E is very low but the pick-up demand is approximately ampere at 24 VDC. When sizing (dimensioning) a power supply for applications involving parallel switched contactors then multiply the peak demand by the number of contactors to be simultaneously switched and add to the hold-in demand of all other control circuit burdens, including other contactors, pilot devices, solenoids, etc. 74

75 Technical Information uxiliary Contact Data Mounted Standard uxiliary Built-in uxiliary Contacts in Contactor C C7-23 Front Mounted uxiliary Contacts C7-PV, CS7-PV, CZE/7, CV7 Technical Information Front Mounted Bifurcated uxiliary Contacts C7 Contactors Side Mounted uxiliary Contacts C-P, CM7 Electrical Contact Ratings - NEM 600, P , Q , Q600 Min. Contact Rating 7V, 0 m 7V, 5 m 5V, 3 m 7V, 0 m 24V V V Contact Ratings - IEC C-5 (solenoids, 240V contactors) rated voltage IEC V V/500V V V 0.7 C-2 (Control of resistive loads) IEC DC-2 Switching DC Loads L / R < ms, Resistive Loads IEC ºC 60 ºC DC-3 IEC , Solenoids and contactors I th V 8 kw 400V 4 kw 690V 24 kw I th V 8 kw 400V 4 kw 690V 24 kw 24V V V V V V V V V V C7 Contactors Terminal Marking Information for Built In uxiliary Contacts C Typical C Typical C Typical Side Mount uxiliary 75

76 C7 Contactors uxiliary Contacts Built-in uxiliary Contacts in Contactor C7-9...C7-23 Front Mounted uxiliary Contacts C7-PV, CS7-PV, CZE/7, CV7 Technical Information C7 Contactors Side Mounted uxiliary Contacts C-P, CM7 Continuous Current Rating per UL/CS Rated Voltage C [V] 600 max. 600 max. 600 max. Continuous Rating 40 C [] 0 general purpose 0 general purpose 0 general purpose Heavy pilot duty (600) Heavy pilot duty (600) Heavy pilot duty (600) Continuous Rating DC [] 5, 600 max. 2.5, 600 max. 2.5, 600 max. Standard pilot duty (P600) Standard pilot duty (Q600) Standard pilot duty (Q600) Short-Circuit Protection -ggfuse Type 2 Coordination [] Rated Impulse Voltage U imp [kv] Insulation Voltage (between control and load circuit) per DIN< VDE 003, Part 0 (NMUR recommendation) [V] Mechanically Linked Contacts (per IEC ➊nnex L (SUV Third-party certified) Terminals Mutually unrestricted between all NO and NC contacts Mutually unrestricted between all NO & NC contacts. CZE & CV7 not mechanically linked with contactor main contacts Mutually unrestricted between all NO and NC contacts Terminal Type Maximum Wire Size per IEC 947-2x4 2x4 2x4 Flexible conductor [mm 2 ] with Wire-End Fernule 2 conductor [mm 2 ] Solid/Stranded- conductor [mm 2 ] Conductor 2 conductor [mm 2 ] Recommended Tightening Torque [Nm] Max. Wire Size per UL/CS [WG] Recommended Tightening Torque [lb-in] ccessories Latch ttachment Release, CV7- Coil Consumption [V/W] C 45/40 [W] DC 25W Contact Signal Duration [min/max] s Time ttachment Reset Time at min. time setting [ms] 0 at max. time setting [ms] 70 Repeat ccuracy ±0% Contact Ratings (Per NEM/UL 600 & Q600) Standard 600 Q600 Circuit Voltage 20C 240C 480C 600C 25DC 250DC DC Make (mps/v) 60/7200V 30/7200V 5/7200V 2/7200V 0.55/69V 0.27/69V 0./69V Break (mps/v 6/720V 3/720V.5/720V.2/720V 0.55/69V 0.27/69V 0./69V Continuous mps 0 25 Positively-Guided Contacts ( Mechanically-linked) SUV Certified Restricted guidance guarantees without restrictions from contactor to auxiliary contact and auxiliary contact to contactor.➊ ➊ See Section G for additional details. 76

77 Technical Information C7 Contactors Life Load Curves Life-Load Curves Locate the Rated Operational Current (l e ) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. C- (to 690V) Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0 Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Ue = VC C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-40 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 / C7-90 C7-90 C7 Contactors 0. 0 Rated operating current Ie C- [] Instructions on How to read Life Curves can be found on page 8 C-2 (to 460V) Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0 C7-2 C7-9 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 Ue = VC C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 ➊ 0. 0 Rated operating current Ie C-2 [] 00 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting Ue = VC C-3 (to 460V) 0 C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Rated operating current Ie C-3 [] ➊ 575V applications use 90% of curve value. 77

78 Technical Information C7 Contactors Life Load Curves C7 Contactors Life-Load Curves Locate the Rated Operational Current (l e ) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. C-3 (to 575V) 0 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting Ue = VC C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0. 0 Rated operating current Ie C-3 [] 00 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting Ue = 690 VC C-3 (to 690V) 0 C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0. 0 Rated operational current Ie C-3 [] 00 NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 78

79 Technical Information C7 Contactors Life Load Curves Life-Load Curves Locate the Rated Operational Current (l e ) along the bottom of the chart and follow the graph lines up to the intersection of the appropriate contactor s life-load curve. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis. C-4 (to 460V) Contact Life (Millions of Operations) 0 C7-23 C7-6 C7-2 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging, inching C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-9 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Ue = VC C7 Contactors Rated operating current Ie C-4 [] Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging, inching UE = VC C-4 (to 690V) 0 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 C7-6 C7-2 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) C Rated operating current Ie C-4 [] 00 NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 79

80 Technical Information C7 Contactors Life Load Curves C7 Contactors Contact Life for Mixed Utilization Categories C-3 and C-4 In many applications, the utilization category cannot be defined as either purely C-3 or C-4. In those applications, the electrical life of the contactor can be estimated with the following equation: L mixed = L ac3 / [+P ac4 x (L ac3 /L ac4 -)], where: C-3 (90%), C-4 (0%) 0 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Ue = VC ➊ L mixed L ac3 pproximate contact life in operations for a mixed C-3/C-4 utilization category application. pproximate contact life in operations for a pure C-3 utilization category (from the C-3 life-load curve). Contact Life (Millions of Operations) L ac4 pproximate contact life in operations for a pure C-4 utilization category (from the C-4 life-load curve). P ac4 Percentage of C-4 operations Rated operating current Ie C-3 / C-4 [] C-3 (75%), C-4 (25%) Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running Ue = VC ➊ 0 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23 C7-30 C7-9 C7-37 C7-43 C7-60 C7-72 C7-85 C7-97 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Rated operating current Ie C-3 / C-4 [] 00 ➊ 575V applications use 85% of curve value. 80

81 Technical Information C7 Contactors Life Load Curves Contact Life for Special pplications 00 Heavy duty Starting and Regular Short-time Operation C7-9/2/6 C7-23 C7-30/37 C7-43 C7-60/72/85 C7-97 C7 Contactors Max. Starting / Loading time [s] Starting current / Short time current [] Short-time withstand current Icw at 60º max. current [] C7-43 C7-23 C7-9/2/6 00 C7-97 C7-60/72/85 C7-30/37 Short time duty Continuous duty Time of current flow [s] 8

82 C7 Contactors Operating Rates The estimated contact life shown in the life-load curves is based on the standard operating rates shown in Table B below. For applications requiring a higher operating frequency, the maximum operating power (Pn in kw or HP) for a given contactor must be reduced to maintain the same contact life. To find a contactor s maximum operating power, for an operating rate greater than shown in Table B, follow these guidelines:. Identify the appropriate curve for the contactor and utilization category from Table B. 2. Locate the appropriate Maximum Operating Rate curve on the following pages. 3. Locate the intersection of the curve with the application s operating rate (ops/hr.) found on the vertical axis. Technical Information C7 Contactors Operating Rates 4. Read the percent of maximum operating power (Pn) of the contactor from the horizontal axis. 5. Multiply the % maximum power by the standard power rating. Example: The contactor selected for an C-4 utilization category application is a C7-6 (0HP at 460V), however, the application requires an operating rate of 200 ops/hr., compared to the standard operating rate of 20 ops/hr. as shown in Table B.. Locate the C-4 Maximum Operating Rate curve on the following pages. 2. Locate the intersection of 200 ops/hr on the C7-6 curve. The data shows that the maximum operating power of the C7-6 contactor in this application is 60%. 3. Therefore, the maximum horsepower that can be switched by the C7-6 contactor in this application is 6 HP (0.60 x 0HP). Table B Standard Operating Rates by Contactor and Utilization Category Contactor C- Max. ops/hr. C-2 Max. ops/hr. C-3 Max. ops/hr. Operating Parameters and Start Time C-4 Max. ops/hr. I e for 200K ops. Max. ops/hr. 40% Duty Cycle 250ms ➊ 250ms 250ms C C C C C C C C C C C C ➊ Duty Cycle or Load Factor Defined as the on time for a given operating cycle per hour including the start time. 40% Duty Cycle is calculated in the following manner: Contactor switches six (6) times per minute (tpm), 250ms start time; 40% duty cycle. To determine the on time and off time: Operations per hour = 360; [60 min x 6 tpm = 360] One operating cycle = 0 sec; [60 min 6 tpm = 0 sec] On time at 40% duty cycle = 4 sec; [0 sec x 0.4 (40%) = 4 sec] 4 sec on time includes the start time of 250ms Off time at 40% duty cycle = 6 sec; [0 sec 4 sec = 6 sec] 82

83 Technical Information C7 Contactors Operating Rates Operating Rate Curves C Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Ue = VC C7 Contactors Max. Operating Rate (Ops/hr) C7-9/2/6/ C7-60/72/85 C7-30/C7-37 C7-40/43 C7-90/C P/Pn [%] C-2 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off Ue = VC 0000 Max. Operating Rate (Ops/hr) 000 C7-9/2/6 C7-23/30/37/43 C7-60/72 C7-85/ P/Pn [%] 83

84 Technical Information C7 Contactors Operating Rates Operating Rate Curves C7 Contactors C Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running 250ms Start-up, 40% Duty Cycle Ue = VC Max. Operating Rate (Ops/hr) 000 C7-9/2/6 C7-23/30/37/43 C7-60/72/85/ P/Pn [%] C-4 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging, inching 250ms Start-up Ue= VC 000 Max. Operating Rate (Ops/hr) 00 C7-9 C7-2 C7-6 C7-23/30 C7-37/43/60 C7-72 C7-85/ P/Pn [%] 84

85 Dimensions C7 C Contactors Series C7, CU7, CNX, CN7 and CL7 (Contactors, Reversing Contactors & Special Use Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. C7 Contactors C Contactors Catalog Number a b c c c2 ød d d2 C7-9...C7-23; CN7-2, CN7-6, CNX ; C(V)L7-20 C C7-37; CNX-209; CN7-37 C7-40-M... CL7-30-M40 C7-43 C7-55, CN7-43, CNX-22 C C7-97, CN7-85 CNX-28 C7-90-M... CL7-60-M40 45 (-25/32) 45 (-25/32) 59 (2-2/64) 54 (2-/8) 72 (2-53/64) 95 (3-3/4) 8 (3-3/6) 8 (3-3/6) 8 (3-3/6) 8 (3-3/6) 22 (4-5/64) 22 (4-5/64) 80.5 (3-/64) 97.5 (4) 00.5 (4-7/64) 00.5 (4-7/64) 7 (4-49/64) 7 (4-49/64) 75.5 (3-3/32) 92.6 (3-49/64) 95.5 (3-49/64) 95.5 (3-49/64).5 (4-35/64).5 (4-35/64) 6 (/4) 6.5 (7/64) 6.5 (7/64) 6.5 (7/64) 8.5 (2/64) 8.5 (2/64) (2-3/6) (2-3/6) (2-3/6) (2-3/6) (4-7/32) (4-7/32) 60 (2-23/64) 60 (2-23/64) 60 (2-23/64) 60 (2-23/64) 00 (3-5/6) 00 (3-5/6) 35 (-25/64) 35 (-25/64) 45 (-25/32) 45 (-25/32) 55 (2-/64) 55 (2-/64) Reversing Contactors, Capacitor Contactors & ccessories (+...) Contactors with... Dim. [mm] Dim. [inches] auxiliary contact block-front mounting 2-, or 4-pole c/c + 39 c/c +-37/64 auxiliary contact block-side mounting -, or 2-pole a + 9 a + 23/64 pneumatic timing module c/c + 58 c/c /64 electronic timing module on coil terminal side b + 24 b + 5/6 reversing contactor w-mech.interlock on side of contactor a+9+a a+ 23/64+a mechanical latch c/c + 6 c/c +2-3/64 interface module on coil terminal side b + 9 b + 23/64 surge suppressor on coil terminal side b + 3 b + /8 Mounting Position Labeling with... label sheet marking tag sheet with clear cover marking tag adapter for V7 Terminals /32 C contactors 85

86 C7 Contactors Series C7 with Electronic DC Coil Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. Dimensions C7 DC Contactors Catalog Number Coil Code a b b c c c2 Ød d d2 C7-9E C7-23E, CN7-2E CN7-6E C7-30E C7-37E, CN7-37E C7-40E C7-43E 55E, CN7-43E 2E 24E 36E 220E 2E 24E 36E 220E 2E 24E 36E 220E 2E 24E 36E 220E 45 8 ~ (-25/32) (3-3/6) ~ (3-/64) (2-3/32) (5/64) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-3/8) (-25/32) (3-3/6) (5/6) (3-/64) (2-3/32) (5/64) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-3/8) 45 8 ~ (-25/32) (3-3/6) ~ (4) (3-4/64) (/4) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-3/8) (-25/32) (3-3/6) (5/6) (4) (3-4/64) (/4) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-3/8) 59 8 ~ (2-2/64) (3-3/6) ~ (3-6/64) (3-49/64) (/4) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-25/32) (2-2/64) (3-3/6) (5/6) (3-6/64) (3-49/64) (/4) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-25/32) 54 8 ~ (2-/8) (3-3/6) ~ (3-6/64) (3-49/64) (/4) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-25/32) (2-/8) (3-3/6) (5/6) (3-6/64) (3-49/64) (/4) (2-3/6) (2-23/64) (-25/32) Reversing Contactors, Capacitor Contactors & ccessories (+...) Contactors with... Dim. [mm] Dim. [inches] auxiliary contact block-front mounting 2-, or 4-pole c/c + 39 c/c +-37/64 auxiliary contact block- left side mounting -, or 2 pole a + 9 a + 23/64 pneumatic timing module c/c + 58 c/c /64 electronic timing module on coil terminal side b + 24 b + 5/6 mechanical latch c/c + 6 c/c +6 interface module on coil terminal side b + 9 c/c + 2-3/64 Labeling with... label sheet marking tag sheet with clear cover marking tag adapter for V7 Terminals /32 Mounting Position Electronic DC contactors 86

87 Dimensions C7 DC Contactors Series C7 with Two Winding DC Coils Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. C7 Contactors Catalog Number a b c c c2 ød d d2 Two Winding DC Contactors C7-60D...C7-97D CN7-85D C7-90D 72 (2-53/64) 95 (3-3/4) 22 (4-5/64) 22 (4-5/64) 7 (4-49/64) 7 (4-49/64).5 (4-35/64).5 (4-35/64) 8.5 (2/64) 8.5 (2/64) (4-7/32) (4-7/32) 00 (3-5/6) 00 (3-5/6) 55 (2-/64) 55 (2-/64) Reversing Contactors, Capacitor Contactors & ccessories (+...) Contactors with... Dim. [mm] Dim. [inches] auxiliary contact block-front mounting 2-, or 4-pole c/c + 39 c/c +-37/64 auxiliary contact block- left side mounting -, or 2 pole a + 9 a + 23/64 pneumatic timing module c/c + 58 c/c /64 electronic timing module on coil terminal side b + 24 b + 5/6 mechanical latch c/c + 6 c/c +6 interface module on coil terminal side b + 9 c/c + 2-3/64 Labeling with... label sheet marking tag sheet with clear cover marking tag adapter for V7 Terminals /32 Mounting Position Two Winding DC contactors 87

88 Dimensions C7 Contactors C7 Contactors C7 Contactors with Terminal Lugs Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. C7-P-KN23 / KL23 C7-P-K37 C7-P-K43 C7-P-K85 Catalog Number C7-P-KN23 / KL23 C7-P-K37 C7-P-K43 C7-P-K85 With Contactor C C7-23 C C C C Operated Contactor DC Operated Contactor h h2 h3 h4 h h2 h3 h4 6.6 (2-27/64) 6.6 (2-27/64) 67.6 (2-2/32) 69.0 (2-23/32) 79.7 (3-/8) 78.6 (3-3/32) 78.6 (3-3/32) 84.6 (3-2/64) 85.0 (3-/32) 04.7 (4-/8) ~ ~ ~ ~ 7.5 (2-3/6) 74.5 (2-5/6) 86.7 (3-3/64) 88.5 (3-3/64) 90.5 (3-9/6).7 (4-3/8) 87.2 (3-7/6) 05.2 (4-9/64).2 (4-3/8) 2.6 (4-7/6) 79.7 (3-/8) 04.2 (4-3/32) 22.2 (4-3/6) 28.2 (5-3/64) 28.6 (5-/6) 04.7 (4-/8) ~ ~ ~ ~ 5. (4-7/32) 8. (4-2/32) 86.7 (3-3/64) 32. (5-3/64) 34. (5-9/32).7 (4-3/8) 88

89 Dimensions C7 Contactors C7 Contactors with Paralleling Links Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. C7 Contactors C7-P-B23 C7-P-B37 Catalog Number C7-P-B23 C7-P-K37 With Contactor C C7-23 C C Operated Contactor DC Operated Contactor h h2 h3 h4 h h2 h3 h4 65. (2-9/6) 65. (2-9/6) 69.0 (2-23/32) 90. (3-9/6) 90. (3-9/6) 94.0 (3-45/64) ~ ~ ~ ~ 74.5 (2-5/6) 99.5 (3-29/32) 90.7 (/4) 08.7 (4-9/32) 2.6 (4-7/6) 04.2 (2-3/6) 33.7 (5-7/64) 37.6 (5-3/32) ~ ~ ~ ~ 8. (4-2/32) 43. (5-5/8) 89

90 Series C9 Contactors Sprecher + Schuh s C9 contactor line combines the simple function of our popular C7 series with the rugged performance demanded in this wide horsepower range. C9 contactors offer a smaller footprint than traditional contactors in this size class. large safety distance in front of the contactor is unnecessary. C9 contactors are also designed so that operation is impossible if the arc chambers are removed. Conversely, once the contactor is energized, the arc chambers cannot be removed. C9 Contactors The modern contactor for demanding applications up to 900HP (@460V) - up to 50HP (@ 575V) broad selection for middle horsepower applications The C9 range consists of sixteen contactors in six frame sizes covering motors from 75 to 900HP at 460V and from 00 to 50HP at 575V. This line is ideally suited for demanding applications such as steel mills, rock quarries, mines or for any middle horsepower application where a sturdy, durable contactor is needed. Electronic coils offer many advantages Behind the attractive outward appearance of the C9 contactor are advanced engineering solutions that offer convenience and savings. The entire line is equipped with an electronically controlled coil that reduces pick-up currents by 80% on average. Holding current is also reduced. Rugged and reliable C9 contactors conform to UL508, IEC and can be operated at rated voltages up to 600V (UL) and 000V (IEC). High thermal and switching capacities guarantee reliable operation and long life. rc quenching extends contact life ll C9 contactors are designed with sophisticated arc quenching techniques that extinguish damaging breaking arcs quickly. This is accomplished by guiding the arc away from the contacts and into arc chambers, which are built-in to every C9 cover. Safety first Other advantages of the C9 electronic coil include: Direct connection to a PLC. This is a standard feature in larger amp units and optional below 400. Overvoltage protection and suppression circuits are standard, eliminating interference from the coil Smooth, even operation over the entire voltage range minimizes the possibility of contact bounce No safeguards are necessary to bridge brief supply interruptions Precisely defined pick-up and drop-out voltages, eliminate the possibility of chattering Universal Electronic coils operate over a much broader C/DC voltage range, providing flexibility in applications and lower costs due to reduced inventory. Four coils cover six contactor frame sizes from V C and V DC. C9 arc chambers are completely enclosed (without arc exhaust vents), offering the best protection against hot arcing gases. 90mm 05mm 40mm 86mm 20mm 438mm (3.54 ) (4.3 ) (5.5 ) (7.32 ) (8.27 ) (7.24 )

91 Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C/DC Coil, Series C9 (Open type only) ➊➌ I e [] Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 ) uxiliary Open Type kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per C-3 C- 3 Ø Contactor (400V) (690V) 240V 400V 45V 440V 500V 690V 000V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price ~ L ➋ EI-- -L ➋ L ➋ EI-- -L ➋ EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI ~ EI ~ EI ~ 260 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 260-EI ~ 2050 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 2050-EI ~ 2650 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 2650-EI Contactors - C/DC Coil Three Pole - Series C9 6 contactor 400-EI contactor C9 Contactors _-EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC ~5VDC (6m) to 33VDC (20m) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment 0V 24V OFF ON Supply voltage 2 X5 Contactor ON OFF_N 2 COMMON EI contactor PLC Interface EI connection Coil Codes Electronic Coils V 24-60V 48-30V V V C/DC 24W 48W 20W 480W 6-EI 370-EI ~ ~ 20W 480W 400-EI 750-EI 24W ➍ 48W 20W 480W C/DC with 860-EI 060-EI ~ ~ 20W ~ PLC Input 260-EI 24W ➍ 48W 20W 480W 2050-EI 2650-EI ~ ~ 20W ~ Note: open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 94 for ordering information. Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ -EI designates contactor coil with PLC input. ➋ 6(-EI) 46(-EI) include terminal lugs. To order with terminal bolts remove the letter -L at the end of the catalog number. For example 6(-EI)- --L becomes 6(-EI)- -. ➌ For UL/CS Elevator duty rating, consult Technical Information on page 03. ➍ Coil is rated 24V 60V DC only. 9

92 C9 Contactors Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C/DC Coil, Series C9 (Open type only) ➊➋ I e [] Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 ) kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Contactors, C/DC Coil Reversing Open Type C-3 C Ø ➌➍ (400V) (690V) 240V 400V 45V 440V 500V 690V 000V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number Price ~ CU L ➏ 940 CU9-6-EI-22- -L ➏ CU L ➏ 250 CU9-46-EI-22- -L ➏ CU CU9-90-EI CU CU9-205-EI CU CU9-265-EI CU CU9-305-EI CU CU9-370-EI CU9-400-EI CU9-460-EI CU9-580-EI CU9-750-EI Larger sizes are possible. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. Three Pole - Series CU9 CU9-90 Reversing Contactor Includes: Mechanical and electrical Interlock Reversing power wiring (using Power Wiring Kit Cat.# PW ) ➌ Mounting plate (when required) Control wiring available; see footnote ➍ _-EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC ~5VDC (6m) to 33VDC (20m) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment 24V 0V Coil Codes Electronic Coils V 24-60V 48-30V V V C/DC 24W 48W 20W 480W 6-EI 370-EI ~ ~ 20W 480W 400-EI 750-EI 24W ➎ 48W 20W 480W C/DC with 860-EI 060-EI ~ ~ 20W ~ PLC Input 260-EI 24W ➎ 48W 20W 480W 2050-EI 2650-EI ~ ~ 20W ~ OFF ON Supply voltage 2 X5 Contactor ON OFF_N 2 COMMON 3 PLC Interface EI connection Note: open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 94 for ordering information. ➌ For -LW Option Deduct the following from List Price ➍ For -CW Option dd the following to List Price ll CU9 20 Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ -EI designates contactor coil with PLC input. ➋ For UL/CS Elevator duty rating, consult Technical Information on page 03. ➌ For Reversing Contactors without power wiring add suffix -LW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU LW. Control wiring is not included. ➍ For control wiring, add suffix -CW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU CW. ➎ Coil is rated 24V 60V DC only. ➏ CU9-6(-EI) 46(-EI) include terminal lugs. To order with terminal bolts remove the letter -L at the end of the catalog number. For example CU9-6(-EI)-22- -L becomes CU9-6(-EI)

93 NO 28NO 7 NC 26NC 5 uxiliary Contact Blocks uxiliary Contact Blocks Description NO NC uxiliary Contact Block for Side Mounting 2-Pole Two-way numbering for right or left mounting Easy mounting without tools Mirror contact performance to main contactor poles Low power switching down to 24V 50m Low Power uxiliary Contact Block for Side Mounting -Pole Two-way numbering for right or left mounting Easy mounting without tools Mirror contact performance to main contactor poles Electronic compatible, 3V m 0 0 NOTE: Up to four auxiliary contact blocks (8 poles) may be mounted on the side of the C9 contactor. One auxiliary contact block ( NO + NC) is mounted at the factory (inside left position). Contact rrangement NO 3 NO 44 NO 4 NC 2 NC 32 NC 22 NC 3 NO 43 NO 53 NO 84 NO 54 NC 6 NC 72 NC 62 NC 7 NO 83 NO 8 NO 27 NC 6 NC 25 ccessories - Field Installable C9 Contactors For use with... Catalog Number Price Inside left or right S Inside left or right S Outside left or right S Outside left or right S Inside left or right S-B0 ➊ Inside left or right S3-B0 ➊ Inside left or right S-B0 ➊ Inside left or right S3-B0 ➊ 46 C9 Contactors Inside Left position (S) Inside Left position (S) Inside Left position (S3) Inside Right position (S3) Outside Left position (S2) Outside Left position (S2) Outside Left position (S4) Outside Right position (S4) Mechanical Interlocks ccessory Description For use with... Catalog Number Price Mechanical only, without auxiliary contacts Interlocking of two same size contactors Mechanical only, without auxiliary contacts Interlocking of two different size contactors M , 260 ➋ , ➌ 6 46 to to M M M M Rod for vertical mounting reversing contactors VR Horizontal mechanical interlock M_-00 Vertical mechanical interlock VR750 ➊ Contact blocks cannot be mounted on the outside of S-B* or S3-B*. ➋ Mounting plate ordered separately. ➌ Mounting plate included. 93

94 C9 Contactors Terminal Lugs and ccessories Lug or ccessory Connection Wire Sizes For use with Terminal Lug Kit - Standard for 6-_-L 46-_-L Includes 2 sets, one for Line side and one for Load Side ccessories - Field Installable C9 Contactors Catalog Number 2 x 6 WG 3/0 WG 6(-EI) 46(-EI) CL46 26 Price Order Pkg for 2 kits Order Pkg for 3 lugs Terminal Lugs Includes set of 3 lugs for use on either Line or Load Side. Order qty of 2 for both. Terminal Enlargements Enlargement pieces designed to increase the width of the contactor terminal pads in order to allow larger connections to be mounted Terminal Extensions Extension pieces designed to extend the main terminals of contactors for combined mounting of contactors and connection sets 6 WG 300 MCM 90(-EI) 205(-EI) TL WG 400 MCM 265(-EI) 370(-EI) TL x 4 WG 500 MCM 265(-EI) 370(-EI) TL370B 70 3 x 2/0 WG 500 MCM 400-EI 460-EI TL x 2/0 WG 500 MCM 580-EI 750-EI, 260-EI TL x 4/0 WG 500 MCM 860-EI TL x /0 WG 750 MCM 060-EI TL x /0 WG 750 MCM 060-EI TL060B 098 6(-EI) 46(-EI) TE (-EI) 205(-EI) TE (-EI) 370(-EI) TE EI 460-EI TE EI 750-EI TE EI TE (-EI) 46(-EI) TX (-EI) 205(-EI) TX (-EI) 370(-EI) TX EI 460-EI TX EI 750-EI TX Terminal Shrouds ccessory Description For use with... Catalog Number Price For contactors with Terminal Lugs Package contains 2 shrouds, one for Line and one for Load side For contactors with Compression Lugs Package contains 2 shrouds, one for Line and one for Load side For IP20 protection between contactor and overload relay on a non-reversing starter For IP20 protection between contactor and overload relay on a reversing starter 90(-EI) 205(-EI) TS205C (-EI) 370(-EI) TS370C EI 460-EI TS460C EI 750-EI, 260-EI TS750C 0 6(-EI) 46(-EI) TS46L 59 90(-EI) 205(-EI) TS205L (-EI) 370(-EI) TS370L EI 460-EI TS460L EI 750-EI TS750L 03 CT9-6(-EI) 46(-EI) TC46 42 CT9-90(-EI) 205(-EI) TC CUT9-6(-EI) 46(-EI) TCR46 74 CUT9-90(-EI) 205(-EI) TCR See page 09 for terminal wire ranges. 94

95 ccessories - Field Installable C9 Contactors Power Wiring Connection Kits Connection Kits pplication For use with Catalog Number Price 6(-EI) 46(-EI) PW (-EI) 205(-EI) PW205 ➊ 249 Reversing Power Wiring Kits 265(-EI) 370(-EI) PW370 ➊ EI 460-EI PW460 ➋ EI 750-EI PW750 ➋ 725 Delta Contactor Wye Contactor 6(-EI) 46(-EI) 6(-EI) 46(-EI) PWD PW46 90(-EI) 205(-EI) 6(-EI) 46(-EI) PWD (-EI) 205(-EI) 90(-EI) 205(-EI) PWD Wye-Delta Power Wiring Kits 265(-EI) 370(-EI) 90(-EI) 205(-EI) PWD (-EI) 370(-EI) 265(-EI) 370(-EI) PWD EI 460-EI 400-EI 460-EI PWD PWD EI 750-EI 400-EI 460-EI PWD EI 750-EI 580-EI 750-EI PWD (-EI) 46(-EI) PWY (-EI) 205(-EI) PWY Shorting Bar 265(-EI) 370(-EI) PWY EI 460-EI PWY EI 750-EI PWY C9 Contactors Mounting Plates (For Contactors) pplication Description For use with Catalog Number Price Non-Reversing Starters 6(-EI) 46(-EI) MS (-EI) 205(-EI) MS (-EI) 46(-EI) MR (-EI) 205(-EI) MR Reversing Contactors 265(-EI) 370(-EI) MR EI 460-EI MR EI 750-EI MR750 6 Reversing Starters 6(-EI) 46(-EI) MRS (-EI) 205(-EI) MRS ➊ Power wiring kit includes one set of terminal extensions TX_. If terminal lugs TL_ are to be used on line and load side of reversing contactor, a second set of TX_ terminal extensions is required. ➋ If terminal lugs TL_ are to be used on the line and load side of reversing contactor, two sets of terminal extensions TX_ are also required (none included). 95

96 C9 Contactors Renewal Coils - C/DC, Electronic Coil Electronic Coil (typical) For use with... Voltage Coil Code Catalog Number Replacement Coil without EI Interface includes coil and cover Replacement Coil with EI Interface includes coil, cover and face plate 6 6-EI EI EI 205-EI EI 305-EI 370-EI 400-EI, 460-EI EI, 260-EI 860-EI 060-EI, 2050-EI 24-60V C/DC 24W TG V C/DC 48W TG V C/DC 20W TG V C/DC 480W TG V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V C/DC 24W TG V C/DC 48W TG V C/DC 20W TG V C/DC 480W TG V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V C/DC 24W TG V C/DC 48W TG V C/DC 20W TG V C/DC 480W TG V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V C/DC 24W TG V C/DC 48W TG V C/DC 20W TG V C/DC 480W TG V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 20W TGE V C/DC w/ PLC Interface 480W TGE V DC 24W THE V C/DC 48W THE V C/DC 20W THE V C/DC 480W THE V DC 24W TJE V C/DC 48W TJE V C/DC 20W TJE V C/DC 480W TJE V C/DC 20W 2650-EI V C/DC 20W TKE903 ➊ TKE904 ➋ TLE903 ➊ TLE904 ➋ Renewal Parts C9 Contactors Price/ Set 97 ➊ One set of two (2) coils. ➋ Printed circuit board. 96 Discount Schedule B6

97 Renewal Contact Kits and rc Chutes Description For use with... Catalog Number Contact Kits rc Chutes Price/ Set 6(-EI) (-EI) (-EI) (-EI) (-EI) (-EI) (-EI) EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI EI 2650 ➊ EI 460-EI C EI 750-EI, 260-EI 860-EI 060-EI, 2050-EI C C EI C Renewal Parts C9 Contactors C9 Contactors Replacement Terminal Hardware Description For use with... Catalog Number Price/ Set 6 46(-EI) HF (-EI) HF (-EI) HF Standard Screws EI HF and Washers 580, 750, 060-EI HF EI HF EI HF ➊ Movable contacts only. Discount Schedule B6 97

98 C9 Contactors Contactors Cross Reference, Series C & C6 to Series C9 (Open Type Only) ➊ Obsolete Contactor Cross Reference C or C6 to C9 Contactors Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Series C Series C6 Series C9 I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Obsolete Obsolete Equivalent 400V / Ø 3 Ø Catalog Catalog Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Number Number Number / C C / C C / ~ C ~ ~ C / ~ C6-20 ~ ~ C / ~ ~ C / ~ ~ C ~ ~ C / / ~ ~ C / ~ ~ C / ~ ~ ~ C / ~ C-0 Contactor C6-40-EI contactor ➊ vailable auxiliary contacts may vary. See selection pages for more information. 98

99 General Data Rated Isolation Voltage U i IEC UL; CS Rated Voltage U imp (kv) 8 Rated Voltage U e - Main Contacts [V] [V] 000V 600V C 50/60Hz [V] 5,200,230,240,400,45,460,500,575,690,000 DC [V] 24, 48, 0, 220, 440 Operating Frequency for C Loads [Hz] 50/60Hz Electromagnetic compatibility IEC Environment Insulation Class of the Coil Class F per IEC Rated Coil Frequency mbient Temperature C 50/60 Hz, DC Storage [ºC] Operation at rated voltage [ºC] Max. ltitude of Installation Site [m] 3000 Climatic Withstand 6 370: : IEC Test Db & IEC test Bd & IEC test b (report 34369) IEC test Ba & Bb & IEC test a & b, IEC Resistance to Shock IEC Resistance to Vibration IEC Protection Class Contactor main contacts Contactor coil terminals uxiliary contacts Functional Safety Data (6 750) ➊ IP00 P2X (in connected state) P2X (in connected state) 6 370: B0:.0E+06 operations at 50% max. C-3 load Failure ration: 75% failure to open, 25% failure to close B0: 5.0E+06 operations mechanical only Failure ration: 50% failure to open, 50% failure to close : B0:.0E+05 operations at 50% max. C-3 load Failure ration: 75% failure to open, 25% failure to close B0: 3.0E+06 operations mechanical only Failure ration: 50% failure to open, 50% failure to close Technical Information C9 Contactors C9 Contactors Standards pprovals Certifications IEC/EN , Low-voltage switch gear and control gear; IEC/EN , Low-voltage switch gear and control gear, Contactors and motor starters; IEC/EN , Low-voltage switch gear and control gear, Control circuit devices and switching elements; UL , Industrial Control Equipment (US); CS C22.2 No. 4, Industrial Control Equipment (Canada) Mechanically Linked Contacts: IEC , nnex L Mirror Contacts: IEC , nnex F culus, File No. E4850/E9620 (contactors, reversing contactors) CCC, EC, RIN, BS, RCM CE, SUV with all S* side mounted NC auxiliary contacts 99

100 C9 Contactors Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: Electronic C- ctive Power Load (50/60Hz) mbient temperature 690V [] ºC 000V [] ~ V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] ~ mbient temperature 690V [] ºC 000V [] ~ V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] ~ mbient temperature 690V [] ºC 000V [] ~ V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] ~ With conductor sizes [mm 2 ] ➊ ➋ 2x85➋ 2x85 2x240 2x ➌ 000➍ 500➍ 000➌ 2000➍ 3000➍ Technical Information C9 Contactors ➊ For currents above 275, use terminal extensions. ➋ For currents above 450, use terminal extensions. ➌ Maximum connection bar width 50mm. ➍ Maximum connection bar width 00mm. 00

101 Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: Electronic Technical Information C9 Contactors Switching of 3-phase Motors; (50Hz) mbient temperature V [] ~ ~ ~ 60ºC, C-2, C V [] ~ ~ ~ 45V [] ~ ~ ~ 440V [] ~ ~ ~ 500V [] ~ ~ ~ 690V [] ~ ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ V [kw] ~ ~ ~ V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 45V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 440V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ C9 Contactors Load Carrying Capacity per culus General Purpose Current (enclosed) Rated Power (enclosed) 3-Phase with 3 poles in series [] V [] ~ ~ ~ 230V [] ~ ~ ~ 460V [] ~ ~ ~ 575V [] ~ ~ ~ 200V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 460V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 575V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 260V DC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 300V DC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 340V DC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 600V DC [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0

102 C9 Contactors Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: Electronic Technical Information C9 Contactors Switching of 3-phase Motors, (50Hz) mbient temperature 230V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 60ºC, C-4 240V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 400V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 45V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 500V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 690V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 240V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 400V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 45V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C-4 at approximately 200,000 operations 230V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 240V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 400/45V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 500V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 690V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 240V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 400V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 45V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Max. switching frequency [ops/hr] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Wye-Delta (60Hz) 200V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 230V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 460V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 575V [HP] ~ ~ ~ 02

103 Technical Information C9 Contactors Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: culus Elevator Duty Electronic V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 460V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 575V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 200V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 460V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 575V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C9 Contactors culus HVC pplications Definite purpose rating (3-Phase) FL [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ LR 460V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 575V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C resistance heating 600V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Star-Delta Starting (50Hz) 230V [] ~ ~ ~ 240V [] ~ ~ ~ 400V [] ~ ~ ~ 45V [] ~ ~ ~ 500V [] ~ ~ ~ 690V [] ~ ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ➊ 240V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 400V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 45V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ➊ Power rating at 50Hz. Preferred values according to IEC ➎ Data not available at time of printing. 03

104 C9 Contactors Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: Electronic 6 Switching of Power Trasnformers, C-6a (50Hz) Inrush Current = n Rated transformer current n = V [] ~ ~ 240V [] ~ ~ 400V [] ~ ~ 45V [] ~ ~ 500V [] ~ ~ 362 ~ ~ 690V [] ~ ~ 362 ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ 240V [kw] ~ ~ 400V [kw] ~ ~ 45V [kw] ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ 34 ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ 433 ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ n = V [] ~ ~ 543 ~ ~ n = 5 690V [] ~ ~ 724 ~ ~ Technical Information C9 Contactors Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer current 660V [] ~ ~ 200V [kv] ~ ~ 208V [kv] ~ ~ n = V [kv] ~ ~ 480V [kv] ~ ~ 600V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [] ~ ~ 200V [kv] ~ ~ 208V [kv] ~ ~ n = V [kv] ~ ~ 480V [kv] ~ ~ 600V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [] ~ ~ 200V [kv] ~ ~ 208V [kv] ~ ~ n = 5 240V [kv] ~ ~ 480V [kv] ~ ~ 600V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [kv] ~ ~ 04

105 Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: Electronic Technical Information C9 Contactors Switching of 3-Phase Capacitors, C-6b (50Hz) 230V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 240V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 400V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ Single capacitor 45V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 40ºC 500V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 000V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 240V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 400V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ Single capacitor 45V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 55ºC 500V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 000V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 240V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 400V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ Single capacitor 45V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 70ºC 500V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ 000V [kvar] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 200V [kvar] ~ 346 ~ ~ ~ 60Hz Single Capacitor 230V [kvar] ~ 398 ~ ~ ~ - 40ºC 460V [kvar] ~ 832 ~ ~ ~ 600V [kvar] ~ 040 ~ ~ ~ C9 Contactors Switching of Lamps Gas discharge lamps C-5a (Open) [] UL Ballast Ratings [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Filament C-5b 230/240V []

106 C9 Contactors Electrical Data, Main Circuits Coil Type: Electronic Switching of DC Loads Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads or resistance furnaces DC- at 60ºC 24V [] ~ 48/60V [] ~ -Pole 0V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 220V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 440V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 24V [] ~ 48/60V [] ~ 2 Poles in series 0V [] ~ 220V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 440V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 24V [] ~ 48/60V [] ~ 3-Poles in series 0V [] ~ 220V [] ~ ~ 440V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Shunt-wound motors Starting, reverse current breaking, reversing, stepping DC-3, 60ºC 24V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 48/60V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3-Poles in series 0V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 220V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 440V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Series-wound motors Starting, reverse current breaking, reversing, stepping DC-5, 60ºC 24V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 48/60V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3-Poles in series 0V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 220V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 440V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Technical Information C9 Contactors Short Time Withstand l cw 60 C s [] s [] s [] min [] min [] Resistance and Power Dissipation Main current circuit resistance [mω] Power dissipation per pole at I e C-, 400V [W] Power dissipation per pole at I e C-3, 400V [W] ~ ~ ~ Total power dissipation at: I e C3, 400V; C/DC control V) [W] ~ ~ ~ Maximum Switching Frequency C- ops/hr C-3 ops/hr ~ ~ ~ C-2, C-4 ops/hr ~ ~ ~ Weight C/DC (Electronic) with bar connections with built-in cable clamps kg (lbs) (3.3) (3.3) (6.6) (6.6) (0.2) (0.2) (0.2) (26.4) (26.4) (33) (33) (74.8) (77) (35.2) (77) (99) kg (lbs) (3.85) (3.85) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 06

107 Technical Information C9 Contactors Short Circuit Ratings Shirt Circuit Coordination (Max. Fuse or Circuit Breaker Rating) per IEC DIN Fuses -gg 00 k vailable Fault Current Type 2 (400V) [] ~ ~ ~ DIN Fuses -gg 80 k vailable Fault Current Type 2 (690V) [] ~ ~ ~ MCCB 70 k vailable Fault Current Type 2 (400V) [] ~ ~ ~ C9 Contactors Shirt Circuit Coordination (Max. Fuse or Circuit Breaker Rating) per UL and CS 22.2 No. 4 (contactor and fuses or circuit breaker only) UL Class RK5 Fuses 0 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Class J and CS HRCI-J Fuses 82 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Class J and CS HRCI-J Fuses 00 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Type 2 Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Class L Fuses 8 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Class L Fuses 30 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Class L Fuses 85 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Class L Fuses 00 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 600 ~ ~ Type 2 Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 42 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (480V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 65 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (480V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 84 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (480V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 89 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (480V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 00 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (480V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 25 k vailable Fault Current Type 2 Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 35 k vailable Fault Current Type 2 Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 42 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 50 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ UL Inverse-Time Circuit 65 k vailable Fault Current Type Combination (600V) [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 07

108 C9 Contactors Coil Data Coil type: Electronic Operating Limits 50/60 Hz DC control 24 60V C 48 30V C V C V C 24 60V DC 48 30V DC V DC V DC Technical Information C9 Contactors pick-up [xus] dropout [xus] 0.55 pick-up [xus] dropout [xus] 0.55 pick-up [V] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ hold-in [V] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ pick-up [V] ~ 00 ~ hold-in [V] ~ 2 ~ pick-up [V] hold-in [V] pick-up [V] ~ 985 ~ hold-in [V] ~ 2 ~ pick-up [W] ~ 785 ~ hold-in [W] ~ 5.5 ~ pick-up [W] ~ 20 ~ hold-in [W] ~ 5 ~ pick-up [W] hold-in [W] pick-up [W] ~ 90 ~ hold-in [W] ~ 7.5 ~ Operating Times C or DC With PLC Interface closing delay [ms] opening delay [ms] closing delay [ms] opening delay [ms]

109 Mechanical Data Main Terminals Conductor Cross Sections - Main Contacts Terminal Type 6 Ø Ø Ø Ø 0.5 Ø Ø 6.5 Ø Ø 3 Technical Information C9 Contactors () conductor [mm 2 ] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Clamp Type CL46 TL205 TL370 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Recommended torque [Nm] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (2) conductors [mm 2 ] 0 95 ~ ~ ~ Clamp Type CL46 ~ TL370B TL580 TL750 TL860 TL060 ~ ~ Recommended torque [Nm] 8 ~ ~ ~ (3) conductors [mm 2 ] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Clamp Type ~ ~ ~ ~ TL750 TL860 TL060 TL750 Recommended torque [Nm] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (4) conductors [mm 2 ] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Clamp Type ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ TL860 TL060 ~ Recommended torque [Nm] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (6) conductors [mm 2 ] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Clamp Type ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ TL060B ~ Recommended torque [Nm] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 57 ~ ~ L L max. [mm] Ø ø min. [mm] Recommended torque [Nm] Ø Ø 3 (F2050) 0 (F2650) 25 C9 Contactors Cross Section per culus () conductor [WG] 6 3/ MCM MCM ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Clamp Type CL46 TL205 TL370 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Recommended torque [lb-in] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (2) conductors [WG] 6 3/0 ~ MCM 2/0 500 MCM 2/0 500 MCM 4/ MCM / MCM 2/ MCM ~ Clamp Type CL46 ~ TL370B TL580 TL750 TL860 TL060 TL750 ~ Recommended torque [lb-in] 80 ~ ~ (3) conductors [WG] ~ ~ ~ ~ 2/0 500 MCM 4/ MCM / MCM 2/ MCM ~ Clamp Type ~ ~ ~ ~ TL750 TL860 TL060 TL750 Recommended torque [lb-in] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (4) conductors [WG] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4/ MCM / MCM ~ ~ Clamp Type ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ TL860 TL060 ~ Recommended torque [lb-in] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (6) conductors [WG] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ / MCM ~ ~ Clamp Type ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ TL060B ~ Recommended torque [lb-in] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 500 ~ ~ L L max. [in] Ø ø min. [in] Recommended torque [lb-in] Conductor Cross Sections Coil Terminals Terminal Type () conductor [mm 2 ] (2) conductors [mm 2 ] () conductor [mm 2 ] 4 (2) conductors [mm 2 ] 4 Recommended torque [Nm].2 Cross section per culus [WG] 8 4 Recommended torque [lb-in]

110 C9 Contactors Electrical Data, uxiliary Contacts For Reversing and Non-Reversing S/2* S3/4* S*-B* Switching of C Loads Rated Insulation voltage U i 690V 690V 250V Rated Operational voltage U e 690V 690V 25V Rated Impulse Withstand voltage U imp 6kV 6kV.5kV C-2 I th at 40ºC [] C-4 at rated voltage of C-5 at rated voltage of Switching of DC Loads DC-2 L/R < ms resistive loads at DC-2 L/R < 5 ms inductive loads with economy resistor in series at DC-3 switching electromagnetics at at 60ºC [] ~ ~ ~ 24V [] ~ ~ 0. 42/48V [] ~ ~ 0. 20V [] ~ ~ 0. 24V [] 6 6 ~ 42/48V [] 6 6 ~ 20V [] 6 6 ~ 230V [] 4 4 ~ 240V [] 4 4 ~ 400V [] 3 3 ~ 45V [] 3 3 ~ 500V [] 2 2 ~ 690V [] 2 2 ~ 24V DC [] ~ ~ 0. 48V DC [] ~ ~ 0. 0V DC [] ~ ~ V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 440V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 24V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 48V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 0V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 220V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 440V DC [] ~ ~ ~ 24V DC [] 3 6 ~ 48V DC [] ~ 0V DC [] ~ 220V DC [] ~ 440V DC [] ~ ~ ~ Technical Information C9 Contactors Fuse gg Short-circuit protection with no welding of contacts per IEC [] [] Protective Separation per IEC , nnex N Min. Switching capacity at 24V IEC [m] ~ Min. Switching capacity at 3V IEC [kv] ~ ~ Load Carrying Capacity per culus Rated voltage C [V] Continuous rating 40ºC [] Switching capacity C ~ Rated voltage DC [V] Continuous rating 40ºC [] Switching capacity DC P 600 Q 300 ~ 660V [kv]

111 Technical Information C9 Contactors - Contact Life Life-Load Curves 3-Pole Contactors Electrical Durability 0 Electrical durability for C- utilization category - U e 690V ➊ Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current I c for C- is equal to the rated operational current of the load C9 Contactors 5 Millions of Operations Breaking current I c [] Instructions on How to read Life Curves can be found on page 8 ➊ 860 and 060 electrical durability at the rated current is 50,000 operating cycles.

112 Technical Information C9 Contactors - Contact Life C9 Contactors Life-Load Curves 3-Pole Contactors Electrical Durability 0 Electrical durability for C-3 utilization category - U e 440V ➊ Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current I c for C-3 is equal to the rated operational current I e (I e = motor full load current) Millions of Operations Breaking current I c [] Electrical durability for C-3 utilization category - 440V < U e 6900V ➊ Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current I c for C-3 is equal to the rated operational current I e (I e = motor full load current) Millions of Operations Breaking current I c [] ➊ 860 and 060 electrical durability at the rated current is 50,000 operating cycles. 2

113 Technical Information C9 Contactors Operating Rates Life-Load Curves 3-Pole Contactors Electrical Durability 0 Electrical durability for C-2 or C-4 utilization category - U e 440V Switching cage motors: startingreversing, and step-by-step operation. The breaking current I c is equal to 2.5 x I e for C-2 and 6 x I e for C-4, keeping in mind that I e is the motor rated operational current (I e = motor full load current). 6/ C9 Contactors Millions of Operations Breaking current I c [] 3

114 Technical Information C9 Contactors Operating Rates C9 Contactors Life-Load Curves 3-Pole Contactors Electrical Durability 0 Electrical durability for C-2 or C-4 utilization category - 440V < U e 690V Switching cage motors: startingreversing, and step-by-step operation. The breaking current I c is equal to 2.5 x I e for C-2 and 6 x I e for C-4, keeping in mind that I e is the motor rated operational current (I e = motor full load current) Millions of Operations Breaking current I c [] 4

115 Dimensions C9 Contactors 0 (0.39) 90 (3.54) Series 6 46-_-L (Contactors/Reversing Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. 26 (4.96) 30 (.8) M4 (8-32 UNC) C9 Contactors 50 (5.9) D 55.5 (2.8) 9.5 (0.77) 00 (3.94) 30 (.8) Series 6-EI 46-EI-_-L (Contactors/Reversing Contactors with PLC Interface) 0 (0.39) 90 (3.54) 42.5 (5.6) 30 (.8) M4 (8-32 UNC) 50 (5.9) D 55.5 (2.8) 9.5 (0.77) 00 (3.94) 30 (.8) Mounting Position

116 Dimensions C9 Contactors C9 Contactors 0 (0.39) 05 (4.3) ø 8.5 (0.33) Series (Contactors/Reversing Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes (.40) 52 (5.98) 5 (0.20) 35 (.36) M5 (0-24 UNC) 96 (7.72) 83.5 (3.29) 29.5 (.6) 65 (6.50) 35 (.38) Series 90-EI 205-EI (Contactors/Reversing Contactors with PLC Interface) 0 (0.39) 05 (4.3) ø 8.5 (0.33) 35.5 (.40) 5 (0.20) 69.5 (6.67) 35 (.36) M5 (0-24 UNC) 96 (7.72) 83.5 (3.29) 29.5 (.6) 65 (6.50) 35 (.38) 6

117 Series (Contactors/Reversing Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. Dimensions C9 Contactors 0 40 (5.5) 80 (7.09) (0.39) (.72) M5 (0-24 UNC) ø 0.5 (0.77) (.40) (0.20) (0.4) 225 (8.86) 87 (7.36) C9 Contactors 94.7 (3.73) 33.4 (.3) (.72) Series 265-EI 370-EI (Contactors/Reversing Contactors with PLC Interface) 0 (0.39) 40 (5.5) 9.5 (0.77) ø 0.5 (0.4) 35.5 (.40) 95.5 (7.70) 5 (0.20) (.72) M5 (0-24 UNC) 225 (8.86) 94.7 (3.73) 33.4 (.3) 87 (7.36) (.72) 7

118 Dimensions C9 Contactors C9 Contactors Series 400-EI 460-EI (Contactors/Reversing Contactors with PLC Interface) 86 (7.32) 25(0.98) 22.5 (0.89) ø 6.5 (0.26) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. ø 0.5 (0.4) 48.5 (.9) 6 (0.24) 26 (8.5) 63 (2.48) 268 (0.55) 278 (0.94) 248 (9.76).5 (0.45) M5 (0-24 UNC) 63 (2.48) Series 580-EI, 750-EI (Contactors/Reversing Contactors with PLC Interface) 40 (.57) 20 (8.27) 22.5 (0.89) ø 6.5 (0.26) ø 2.5 (0.49) 48.5 (.9) 6 (0.24) 242 (9.53) 72 (2.83) 273 (0.75) 283 (.4) 249 (9.8).5 (0.45) M6 (/4-20 UNC) 72 (2.83) 8

119 Dimensions C9 Contactors 50 (.97) (2.83) Series 260-EI (Contactors with PLC Interface) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. ø 7 (0.28) 242 (9.53) 72 (2.83) 344 (3.54) 33 (2.32) C9 Contactors 263 (0.35) 249 (9.8) 249 (9.8) M6 (/4-20 UNC) ø 7 (0.28) 72 (2.83) 20 (8.27) 72 (2.83) 46.5 (8.3) 8 (0.3) Series 860-EI, 060-EI, 2050-EI, 2650-EI (Contactors with PLC Interface) 40 (.57) 27 (.06) ø 3 (0.5) 40 (.57) Dim 860, 060, (0.5) 860, (0.67) 30 (.8) 0 (0.39) 2050, (0.67) 40 (.57) 392 (5.43) 422 (6.6 B 47 (.85) 53 (2.09) C 0 (0.39) 25 (0.98) 36 (5.35) 36 (5.35) B 244 (9.6) C 36 (5.35) 32 (2.3) 32 (2.28) 80 (3.5) 0 (3.98) 36 (5.35) 438 (7.24) ø 9 (0.35) 40 (.57) M8 (5/6-8 UMC) 9

120 C6 Contactors Series C6 Contactors classic contactor for demanding applications from 75 to 600HP - 00 to 700HP 575V) DISCONTINUED This series is being replaced by the C9 Series of contactors Sprecher + Schuh s C6 contactor line combines the simple function of our popular C7 series with the rugged performance demanded in this middle horsepower range. On average these contactors are 50% smaller than traditional contactors in this size class. broad selection for middle horsepower applications The C6 range consists of nine contactors in three frame sizes covering motors from 75 to 600HP at 460V and from 00 to 700HP at 575V. This line is ideally suited for demanding applications such as steel mills, rock quarries, mines or for any middle horsepower application where a sturdy, durable contactor is needed. Rugged and reliable C6 contactors conform to UL508, IEC and can be operated at rated voltages up to 600V (UL) and 000V (IEC). High thermal and switching capacities guarantee reliable operation and long life. C6 contactors are listed in CS Certified Elevator Equipment for heavy duty use in elevators, refrigerators and heating installations in Canada. rc quenching extends contact life ll C6 contactors are designed with sophisticated arc quenching techniques that extinguish damaging breaking arcs quickly. This is accomplished by guiding the arc away from the contacts and into arc chambers which are built-in to every C6 cover. Safety first C6 arc chambers are completely enclosed (without arc exhaust vents), offering the best protection against hot arcing gases. large safety distance in front of the contactor is unnecessary. C6 contactors are also designed so that operation is impossible if the arc chambers are removed. Conversely, once the contactor is energized, the arc chambers cannot be removed. When used with terminal covers or HB Touch-Safe Lugs, C6 contactors meet international standards for touch-safe design. 20mm ( 4 3/4 ) 5 20mm ( 4 3/4 ) mm ( 6 3/32 ) mm ( 8 5/32 )

121 Electronic coils offer many advantages Behind the attractive outward appearance of the C6 contactor are advanced engineering solutions that offer convenience and savings. The entire line can be equipped with an electronically controlled coil that reduces pick-up currents by 60% on average. Holding current is also reduced Comparison of pick-up and holding current [V] Conventional Coil pick-up holding Electronic Coil Other advantages of the C6 electronic coil include: Direct connection to a PLC Overvoltage protection and suppression circuits (eliminating interference from the coil) are standard DISCONTINUED C6 EI electronic coils offer many unique advantages over conventional types Smooth, even operation over the entire voltage range minimizes the possibility of contact bounce No safeguards are necessary to bridge brief supply interruptions Precisely defined pick-up and dropout voltages, eliminate the possibility of chattering Electronic coils operate over a much broader voltage range, providing flexibility in applications and lower costs due to reduced inventory Two user-selectable modes C6 contactors with electronic coils operate in either the E mode for normal operation or the EI mode for interfacing directly with a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) or other low level signal source ( VDC). The coil is set in the E mode from the factory, offering all of the functions and advantages of an electronic coil with the exception of electronic interface. n orange jumper located on the bottom of the contactor can be quickly changed if interface from a PLC is desired. detailed technical explanation of C6-EI coils along with connection diagrams can be found in the Technical Section. Jumper set in E mode (factory default) Jumper set in EI mode (user selectable) C6 Contactors The entire C6 line is modularly designed for easy inspection, coil change and contact replacement. Maintenance can be performed from the front so that mounting requires no additional space. Even with the installation of mechanical interlocks and auxiliary contact blocks, the units can be flush mounted side by side, saving panel space C6-5-EI Contactor 2 C6-40-EI Contactor 3 Main Terminal Set 4 Lug set 5 Mechanical Interlock 6 ux. Contact Block 7 ux. Contact Block 8 ux. Contact Block 9 ux. Contact Block 0 Terminal Cover Surge Suppressor C6 contactors utilize modular design techniques that speed installation, reduce panel space and facilitate maintenance

122 C6 Contactors Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series C6 (Open type only) ➊➌ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 ) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V/ C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number ➊➌ Price / /82 80 ➍ /05 98 ➍ 35 ➍ DISCONTINUED ~ C6-5-- C6-5-EI-- C C6-40-EI-- C C6-80-EI Contactors - C Coil Three Pole - Series C6 C6-40-EI contactor / ~ C6-20-EI / ~ ~ C6-250-EI / ~ ~ C6-300-EI / ~ ~ C6-420-EI ~ ~ C6-630-EI ~ ~ ~ C6-860-EI C6-420-EI contactor Note: C6 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 29 for ordering information. Coil Codes ➋ C Coil Code C6-5 /40 /80 Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24 ~ 24V 20B 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 240B V 240V V 277V V 440V V 480V V 575V C6-5-EI...C6-420-EI ➊ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz / 60 Hz 24 ➎ 24V V 220W V 460W V C6-630-EI...C6-860-EI ➊ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz / 60 Hz V ➏ 208W V 240W V ➏ V V C6 EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC (3-30 VDC at 5m max.) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment EI coils cover a much wider voltage range with only one coil Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. ➋ Other voltages available, see page ➌ For CS Elevator duty rating, consult Technical Information on page 39. ➍ Ratings are higher for contactors with electronic coil: C6-40-EI-- C6-80-EI-- 500V = 98 kw 500V = 26 kw 690V = 35 kw 690V = 76 kw ➎ 24 VC Coil is not available for C6-420-EI. ➏ Coil is rated C/DC. 22

123 Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With DC Coil, Series C6 (Open type only) ➊➌ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V/ C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number ➊➌ Price / /82 80 ➍ /05 98 ➍ 35 ➍ DISCONTINUED ~ C6-5-L22- C6-5-EI-- C6-40-L22- C6-40-EI-- C6-80-L22- C6-80-EI / ~ C6-20-EI Contactors - DC Coil Three Pole - Series C6 C6-40-EI contactor with DC coil C6 Contactors / ~ ~ C6-250-EI / ~ ~ C6-300-EI / ~ ~ C6-420-EI ~ ~ C6-630-EI ~ ~ ~ C6-860-EI Note: C6 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 29 for ordering information. C6-420-EI contactor with DC coil Coil Codes ➋ C6-5 / 40 / 80 DC Voltage Range Coil Code 24D 24V 0D 0V 220D 220V Note: Conventional DC coils have high current pick-up winding and low current seal-in winding wired in parallel. The pick-up winding is taken out of the circuit after the armature pulls in. Price includes two winding coil and an L block including one NC late break auxiliary contact mounted on the right side. See page 49 for functional schematic. C6-5-El...C6-420-EI ➊ DC Coil Code Voltage Range 24D ➎ 24V 20D 0-30V 220D V C C6-860-EI ➊ DC Coil Code Voltage Range V ➏ 240W V ➏ C6 EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC (3-30 VDC at 5m max.) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment EI coils cover a much wider voltage range with only one coil Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. ➋ Other voltages available, see page ➌ For CS Elevator duty rating, consult Technical Information on page 39. ➍ Ratings are higher for contactors with electronic coil: C6-40-EI-- C6-80-EI-- 500V = 98 kw 500V = 26 kw 690V = 35 kw 690V = 76 kw ➎ 24V DC Coil not available for C6-420-EI. Customers selecting 24V DC Coils should consider the EI functionality of the C6 (see page 48). ➏ Coil is rated C/DC. 23

124 C6 Contactors Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C Coil, Series C6 (Open type only) ➏ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V/ C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number ➊➌ Price / /82 80 ➐ /05 98 ➐ 35 ➐ DISCONTINUED ~ CU CU6-5-EI-22- CU CU6-40-EI-22- CU CU6-80-EI-22- Contactors, C Coil Reversing Three Pole - Series CU / ~ CU6-20-EI / ~ ~ CU6-250-EI / ~ ~ CU6-300-EI / ~ ~ CU6-420-EI ~ ~ CU6-630-EI ~ ~ ~ CU6-860-EI CU6-80 reversing contactor Includes: Mechanical and electrical Interlock ➍ Reversing power wiring (using Power Wiring Kit Cat.# C6- VL[T]) ➊ Mounting plate Control wiring available; see footnote ➋ Note: C6 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 29 for ordering information. Coil Codes ➋ C Coil Code C6-5 /40 80 Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24 ~ 24V 20B 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 240B V 240V V 277V V 440V V 480V V 575V ➊ For -LW Option Deduct the following from List Price CU CU ➋ For -CW Option dd the following to List Price ll CU6 20 Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code C6-5-EI...C6-420-EI ➊ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz / 60 Hz 24 ➑ 24V V 220W V 460W V C6-630-EI...C6-860-EI ➊ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz / 60 Hz V ➒ 208W V 240W V ➒ V V See Coil Codes on this page C6 EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC (3-30 VDC at 5m max.) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment EI coils cover a much wider voltage range with only one coil ➊ For Reversing Contactors without power wiring add suffix -LW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU LW. Control wiring is not included. ➋ For control wiring, add suffix -CW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU CW. ➌ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. ➍ One NC auxiliary contact on each contactor is used for electrical interlocking. ➎ Other voltages available, see page ➏ For CS Elevator duty rating, consult Technical Information on page 39. ➐ Ratings are higher for contactors with electronic coil: C6-40-EI-- C6-80-EI-- 500V = 98 kw 500V = 26 kw 690V = 35 kw 690V = 76 kw ➑ 24 VC Coil is not available for C6-420-EI. ➒ Coil is rated C/DC. 24

125 Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With DC Coil, Series C6 (Open type only) ➏ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3) uxiliary Open Type I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Contacts per Ø 3 Ø Contactor 400V/ Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC➍ Number ➊➌➎ / /82 80 ➐ /05 98 ➐ 35 ➐ DISCONTINUED 2 2 ~ CU6-5-L42- CU6-5-EI-22- CU6-40-L42- CU6-40-EI-22- CU6-80-L42- CU6-80-EI / ~ CU6-20-EI / ~ ~ CU6-250-EI / ~ ~ CU6-300-EI Contactors, DC Coil Reversing Price / ~ ~ CU6-420-EI ~ ~ CU6-630-EI ~ ~ ~ CU6-860-EI Three Pole - Series CU6 CU6-80 reversing contactor with DC coil Includes: DC operating mechanism Mechanical and electrical Interlock ➍ Reversing power wiring (using Power Wiring Kit Cat.# C6- VL[T]) ➊ Mounting plate Control wiring available; see footnote ➋ C6 Contactors Note: C6 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 29 for ordering information. Coil Codes ➎ C6-5 / 40 / 80 DC Coil Code Voltage Range 24D 24V 0D 0V 220D 220V Note: Conventional DC coils have high current pick-up winding and low current seal-in winding wired in parallel. The pick-up winding is taken out of the circuit after the armature pulls in. Price includes two winding coil and an L block including one NC late break auxiliary contact mounted on the right side. See page 49 for functional Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code C6-5-EI...C6-420-EI ➊➑ DC Coil Code Voltage Range 24D ➏ 24V 20D 0-30V 220D V C C6-860-EI ➊➑ DC Coil Code Voltage Range V ➒ 240W V ➒ schematic. ➊ For -LW Option Deduct the following from List Price CU CU ➋ For -CW Option dd the following to List Price ll CU6 20 See Coil Codes on this page C6 EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC (3-30 VDC at 5m max.) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment EI coils cover a much wider voltage range with only one coil ➊ For Reversing Contactors without power wiring add suffix -LW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU LW. Control wiring is not included. ➋ For control wiring, add suffix -CW to catalog number. For example: CU becomes CU CW. ➌ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. ➍ One NC auxiliary contact on each contactor is used for electrical interlocking. ➎ Other voltages available, see page ➏ For CS Elevator duty rating, consult Technical Information on page 39. ➐ Ratings are higher for contactors with electronic coil: C6-40-EI-- C6-80-EI-- 500V = 98 kw 500V = 26 kw 690V = 35 kw 690V = 76 kw ➑ 24V DC Coil not available for C6-420-EI. Customers selecting 24V DC Coils should consider the EI functionality of the C6 (see page 48). ➒ Coil is rated C/DC 25

126 DISCONTINUED Special Use Contactors - C Coil NEM Labeled Contactors - Series CN7 / CN6 C6 Contactors Non-Reversing, Three Pole NEM Labeled Contactors with C Coil ➊➌ NEM Size Ø Maximum Horsepower 3Ø Standard uxiliary Contacts 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number 00 /3 -/2 -/ CN CN /2 7-/ CN / CN / CN ~ ~ Price See page 42 CN CN6-80-EI ~ ~ CN6-300-EI CN6 NEM labeled contactor (C) pplication Notes NEM contactors are UL Listed and rated in accordance with the requirements of NEM standards publication ICS-2. These contactors are labeled for applications that require compliance with NEM standards. Sizes are based on standard NEM classifications. Easy coil change and contact replacement. See pages for coils and contacts. Snap-on auxiliary contact blocks available in many configurations. See page 32 (C[N]6). Note: C6 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 29 for ordering information. CN6 C Coil Codes Conventional Coils ➋ CN6-80 C Coil Voltage Range Code 50 Hz 60 Hz 24 ~ 24V 20B 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 240B V 240V V 277V V-400V 440V V 480V V 575V CN6 C Coil Codes EI Electronic Coils ➋➌ CN6-80-EI EI C Coil Voltage Range Code 50 Hz / 60 Hz 24 24V V 220W V 460W V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ Refer to page 54 for CN6 dimensions. ➋ Other voltages available, see pages for CN6 coils. ➌ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. 26 Discount Schedule B8

127 DISCONTINUED Special Use Contactors - DC Coil NEM Labeled Contactors - Series CN7 / CN6 Non-Reversing, Three Pole NEM Labeled Contactors with DC Coil ➊ NEM Size Ø Maximum Horsepower 3Ø Standard uxiliary Contacts 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Catalog Number 00 /3 -/2 -/ CN7-2E-0- ➎ CN7-6E-0- ➎ /2 7-/ CN7-37E-0- ➎ / CN7-43E-0- ➎ 3 7-/ CN7-85D-0- Price See page 43 CN6 NEM labeled contactor C6 Contactors 4 ~ ~ CN6-80-L22- ➍ 2953 CN6-80-EI-- ➌➍ ~ ~ CN6-300-EI-- ➌➍ 6529 pplication Notes NEM contactors are UL Listed and rated in accordance with the requirements of NEM standards publication ICS-2. These contactors are labeled for applications that require compliance with NEM standards. Sizes are based on standard NEM classifications. Easy coil change and contact replacement. See pages for coils and contacts. Snap-on auxiliary contact blocks available in many configurations. See page 32. Note: C6 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. If lugs are required, see page 29 for ordering information. CN6 DC Coil Codes Conventional Coils ➋➍ CN6-80-L22 DC Coil Code Voltage Range 24D 24V CN6 DC Coil Codes EI Electronic Coils ➋➍ CN6-80-EI EI DC Coil Code Voltage Range 24D 24V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ Refer to page 54 for CN6 dimensions. ➋ Other voltages available, see pages for CN6 coils. ➌ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. ➍ Customers with 24VDC applications should strongly consider using the EI functionality of the C6 (see pages 48-49). Discount Schedule B8 27

128 C6 Contactors Hydraulic Elevator Wye Delta, with C Coils (Two Contactor Type ➊➋➎) Maximum Horsepower Three Phase Industrial pplication ➎ CS Elevator Duty ➏ uxiliary Contacts per Contactor Open Type 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC ➌ Catalog No. Price C6Y LW C6Y2-5-EI-22- -LW C6Y LW C6Y2-40-EI-22- -LW C6Y LW C6Y2-80-EI-22- -LW 3404 HP Selection DISCONTINUED Larger sizes are possible. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. C6 EI coils are electronically controlled coils with the following characteristics: bility to connect directly to a low level signal source such as a PLC (3-30 VDC at 5m max.) Very low pull-in and holding current for contactors in this size class Threshold voltages for pull-in and drop-out are very precisely defined, eliminating chattering Supply voltage dips are bridged without extra equipment EI coils cover a much wider voltage range with only one coil Reduced Voltage Contactors Wye Delta - Series C6Y2 C6Y2-5 Wye-Delta contactor Includes: Mechanical and electrical Interlocks ➌ Mounting plate Optional: Power wiring available but not included (see page 30) ➊➐ C6-5 C6-80-VYU C6-5 Coil Codes ➍ C Coil Code C Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 24 ~ 24V 20B 0V 20V 208 ~ 208V 240B V 240V V 277V V 440V V 480V V 575V C6-5-EI C6-80-EI ➊ C Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz / 60 Hz 24 24V V 220W V 440W V ➊ For -PW Option dd the following to List Price C6Y M C6-80-VLHB S Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace (Q) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page. ➊ For Contactors with power wiring add suffix -PW to catalog number. For example: C6Y LW becomes C6Y PW. Control wiring is not included. ➋ -EI designates contactor with Electronic Interface coil. ➌ One NC auxiliary contact on each contactor is used for electrical interlocking. ➍ Other voltages available, see page ➎ HP selection based on UL508 for Industrial pplications. ➏ HP selection based on CS Elevator Duty Ratings. ➐ See typical Wye-Delta Wiring Diagram on page C7. 28

129 DISCONTINUED ccessories - Field Installable C6 Contactors Main Lugs and Lug ccessories Lug or ccessory Connection Description Catalog Number Price Multiple conductors (flat or round) fit in each terminal on C6-HB Main Terminal Sets (top view) ccommodation for dual connections to each pole ccepts flat or round conductors Touch safe to IP20 according to IEC Eliminates need for Terminal Shields Main Terminal Sets (catalog #: C6-HB ) are specifically designed for connecting line and load to all three poles on C6 contactors. Each touch safe terminal set contains three built-in terminals capable of carrying two round conductors or multiple flat conductors. Main Terminal Sets add a clean finished appearance to C6 contactors Main Terminal Set, Dual Conductor, Touch Safe (price as complete set, containing 2 blocks, 6 lugs) For C6-5(-EI); 40(-EI); 80(-EI) For C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-HB2 C6-HB C6 Contactors Screw Type Lugs - Single connections to each pole ccepts round conductors only Copper construction (set of 3 - two sets required to wire line and load sides) For C6-5(-EI); 40(-EI); 80(-EI) For C6-20-EI to C6-420-EI C6-L80 C6-L Screw Type Lugs - ccommodation for dual connections to each pole ccepts round conductors only Copper construction (set of 3 - two sets required to wire line and load sides) For C6-630-EI C6-L Screw Type Lugs - ccommodation for dual connections to each pole ccepts round conductors only Copper construction (set of 3 - two sets required to wire line and load sides) For C6-860-EI C6-L (Typical) Control Wire Terminal ➊ 2 x 2.5mm 2 For C6-5(-EI); 40(-EI); 80(-EI) C6-T 5.26 For C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-T ➊ The IP2X lug rating will no longer apply if used with C6-HB_ main terminal set. See Page 45 for terminal wire ranges. 29

130 DISCONTINUED ccessories - Field Installable C6 Contactors C6 Contactors Power Wiring Connection Kits Connection Kits pplication Used with contactor... Use with Lug... Catalog Number Price C6-80-VLHB Reversing Line Side Wye-Delta Line Side Connects L-L L2-L2 L3-L3 C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-L80 C6-HB2 C6-HB3 C6-420-HU C6-L420 C6-L630 C6-L860 C6-80-VLHB 4 C6-420-VLHB 274 C6-860-VL 525 C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) C6-L80 C6-80-VT 48 C6-80-VT Reversing Load Side Connect T-T3 T2-T2 T3-T C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) C6-HB2 C6-80-VTHB 48 C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-HB3 C6-420-VTHB 276 C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-420-HU C6-L420 C6-420-VT 263 C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-L860 C6-860-VT 482 C6-80-VYU Wye-Delta Shorting Bar C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) C6-20-EI to 420-EI N/ C6-80-VYU C6-420-VYU C6-630-EI to 860-EI N/ C6-860-VYU Wye-Delta (2M to S jumper) Connects 2M contactor C6-20-EI to 420-EI... to S contactor C640(-EI ) to 80(-EI) C6-HB3 C6-420-VYHB 234 C6-420-VT Connects 2M contactor C6-20-EI to 420-EI... to S contactor C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-420-HU C6-L420 C6-420-VT

131 DISCONTINUED ccessories - Field Installable C6 Contactors Lug ccessories and Backpans ccessory Description Main Terminal Cover - ➊ C6 touch protection Line or load (price each) IP20; IEC60529 & DIN protection For use with contactor... Catalog Number Price C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-TC80 C6-TC420 C6-TC860 C6-TCS860 ➋ C6-TCR860 ➌ C6-TCE860 ➍ C6 Contactors Mounting Plates contactor & O/L relay (cross- The-Line) C6-5(-EI)...80(-EI) C6-20-EI EI C6-630-EI EI C6-MS80 C6-MS420 C6-MS contactors & 2 O/L relays (Reversing or Multispeed) C6-5(-EI)...80(-EI) C6-20-EI EI C6-630-EI EI C6-MU80 C6-MU420 C6-MU contactors, 2 O/L relays & relay/ timer (Wye-delta) For C6-5(-EI) to 80(-EI) For C6-20-EI to 420-EI C6-630-EI to 860-EI C6-MY80 C6-MY420 C6-MY ➊ Terminal Covers not necessary when using Main Terminal Sets (C6-HB ) which are insulated. ➋ DOL starter/relay terminal covers ➌ Reversing starter/relay terminal cover ➍ Line-side panel relay and reversing terminal cover 3

132 DISCONTINUED ccessories - Field Installable C6 Contactors C6 Contactors uxiliary Contact Blocks, 2 Pole uxiliary Contact Blocks NO NC Contact rrangement Mounting Position Catalog Number Price Inside left or right C6-S Outside left or right C6-S NOTE: Up to four auxiliary contact blocks (8 poles) may be mounted on the side of the C6 contactor. One auxiliary contact block ( NO + NC) is mounted at the factory. New style C contactors with conventional DC coils have an -L mounted to right side and an - mounted to left side at the factory LB Inside left or right C6-S-L Inside left or right C6-S Inside left position (C6-S) Inside right position (C6-S) Outside left or right C6-S Outside left position (C6-S2) Outside right position (C6-S2) Form C Electronic Compatible Inside left or right C6-S-B ➊ Miscellaneous ccessories ccessory Description For use with... Catalog Number Price Mechanical Interlock- No built-in auxiliaries Interlocks C6 contactors CM6-D CM6-D00 Interlocks C6 to C contactors CM6-C Mechanical / Electrical Interlock - Two built-in N.C. auxiliaries CM6-D02 Interlocks C6 contactors CM6-D ➊ Electronic compatible auxiliary contacts function through the use of an internal micro-switch and have the following ratings: IEC 947 Data: C- 250V 0. C-5/DC-3 min. 3 25V 00m UL 508, CS 22.2 Data: 250VC max. 0. Minimum Switching 7V 5m 32

133 DISCONTINUED ccessories - Field Installable C6 Contactors Miscellaneous ccessories ccessory Description For use with... Catalog Number Price Surge Suppressor - Limits voltage spikes when switching off coil. ttaches to all C6 contactors. RC Link: 2-48V 50Hz V 60Hz 95-0V 50 Hz / 0-27V 60 Hz V 50Hz / V 60Hz V 50Hz / V 60Hz Varistor Link: 2-55V 50/60Hz 56-36V 50/60Hz V 50/60Hz V 50/60Hz Varistor Link: 24-28V C/DC 48-72V DC 43-65V 50/60Hz /60 Hz V 50/60Hz Conventional C Coils Conventional C Coils Electronic (-EI) Coils ➊ CRC6-48 CRC6-0 CRC6-240 CRC6-550 CRV6-55 CRV6-36 CRV6-277 CRV6-575 CRV6-40 CRV6-55 CRV6-75 CRV6-550 CRV C6 Contactors Marking Systems Component Description Pkg. Qty. Catalog Number Price Each Label Sheet - sheet with 05 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x7mm C7-FMS Marking Tag Sheet - sheet with 60 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 7mm. To be used with transparent cover Transparent Cover - To be used with Marking Tag Sheets C7-FMP 00 ➋ C7-FMC See page 54 Tag Carrier - For marking with marker cards and tags. See page N35 for complete listing of available cards and tabs. 00 ➋ C7-FM2 ➊ EI contactors are supplied with factory installed integrated surge protection (see page 35). ➋ Minimum order quantity is one package of 00. Price each x 00 = total price. 33

134 C6 Contactors Renewal Coils -.C., Conventional Coil ➊ C Control Voltages Conventional Coil C Coil Codes DISCONTINUED For use with contactor... C6-95, C6-0 C6-5, C6-40 C(N)6-80 Optional RC Module ➋ Optional Varistor Module ➋ 50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. 24V ~ ~ 24 C6-TG407 CRC6-48 CRV6-55 ~ 24V ~ 24 C6-TG03 CRC6-48 CRV V 36V ~ ~ C6-TG48 CRC6-48 CRV V 48V ~ 48 C6-TG482 CRC6-48 CRV V 55V ~ 48 C6-TG44 CRC6-48 CRV6-55 0V 20V ~ 20B C6-TG473 CRC6-0 CRV6-36 ~ 208V ~ 208 C6-TG049 CRC6-240 CRV V 240V ~ 240B C6-TG44 CRC6-240 CRV V 277V ~ 277 C6-TG480 CRC6-240 CRV V-400V 440V ~ 380 C6-TG07 CRC6-880 CRV V 480V ~ 480 C6-TG475 CRC6-550 CRV V 508V ~ ~ C6-TG478 CRC6-550 CRV V 575V ~ 575 C6-TG479 CRC6-550 CRV V 600V ~ 600 C6-TG476 CRC6-550 CRV6-575 Price 78 See page 33 for pricing C6.C. Coil (typical) Renewal Coils C6 Contactors Renewal Coils - D.C., Conventional Two-Winding Coil ➊➌ DC Control Voltages Conventional Coil DC Coil codes For use with contactor... C6-95 C6-0 C6-5, C6-40 C(N)6-80 Catalog No. Factory Integrated Varistor built into coil 2V 2D C6-TG708 Yes 24V 24D C6-TG74 Yes 48V 48D C6-TG724 Yes 0V 0D C6-TG733 Yes 25V 25D C6-TG737 Yes 220V 220D C6-TG76 Yes 240V ~ C6-TG750 Yes 250V 250D C6-TG75 Yes Price Items in grey are obsolete. ➊ Other coil voltages available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative for information. ➋ Not factory installed, must be ordered separately. ➌ For conventional DC coils, the pickup winding must be connected to a NC late-break auxiliary contact. (See page 49) 34 Discount Schedule B6

135 Renewal Coils -.C., -EI Electronic Coil ➊➌➎ C Control Voltages EI Coil C Coil Codes ➋ C6-95-EI C6-0-EI C6-5-EI C6-40-EI C6-80-EI CN6-80-EI C6-20-EI C6-250-EI For use with contactor... C6-300-EI CN6-300-EI DISCONTINUED C6-420-EI C6-630-EI C6-860-EI EI Coil Suppressor Info Factory Integrated Suppressor on Coil Circuit Board ➌ Factory Installed External Suppressor Module ➌ 60 Hz 50/60 Hz Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. ~ 24V 24 C6-TGE855 C6-TGE855 ~ ~ No CRV6-40 ~ 42-64V 48 C6-TGE864 C6-TGE864 ~ ~ No CRV6-75 ~ 0-30V 20 C6-TGE865 C6-TGE865 C6-THE865 ~ Yes ~ ~ V 220W C6-TGE866 C6-TGE866 C6-THE866 ~ Yes ➍ ~ V 460W C6-TGE867 C6-TGE867 C6-THE867 ➑ ~ Yes RC 00N ➎ ~ 0-30V 20 ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE865 ➏ Yes ~ ~ V 208W ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE878 Yes ~ ~ V 240W ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE879 ➏ Yes ~ ~ 277V 277 ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE880 Yes ~ ~ V 380 ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE867 Yes ~ ~ V 480 ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE868 Yes ~ Price Renewal Parts C6 Contactors C6.C. -EI coil (typical) C6 Contactors Renewal Coils - D.C., -EI Electronic Coil ➊➌➍ DC Control Voltage DC Coil Codes C6-95-EI C6-0-EI C6-5-EI C6-40-EI C6-80-EI CN6-80-EI C6-20-EI C6-250-EI For use with contactor... C6-300-EI CN6-300-EI C6-420-EI C6-630-EI C6-860-EI EI Coil Suppressor Info Factory Integrated Suppressor on Coil Circuit Board ➌ Factory Installed External Suppressor Module ➌ EI Coil Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. 24V ➐ 24D C6-TGE708 C6-TGE708 ~ ~ No CRV V 48D C6-TGE779 C6-TGE779 ~ ~ No CRV V 20D C6-TGE780 C6-TGE780 C6-THE780 ~ Yes ~ V 220D C6-TGE78 C6-TGE78 C6-THE78 ~ Yes ~ ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE865 ➏ Yes ~ V 240W ~ ~ ~ C6-TJE879 ➏ Yes ~ Price Items in grey are obsolete. ➊ Other coil voltages available. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative for more information. ➋ Coil Codes in bold letters and shaded indicate coils that are standard stocked items. ➌ Factory external suppressor module provided where shown, included with replacement coil. ➍ Factory integrated suppressor is overvoltage category III, for optional category IV, e.g. lightning protection, a CRV6-550 module can be added. ➎ Special capacitor module supplied on C6-420 only, not shown in catalog. ➏ Coil is rated C / DC. ➐ Customers with 24VDC applications should strongly consider using the EI functionality of the C6 (see page 48). ➑ Contactor manufactured with V coils can not be interchanged with any other coils because of the circuit board built into the base of the C Discount Schedule B6 35

136 C6 Contactors Main Contact - 3 Per Set (up to C6-420) DISCONTINUED Main Contacts (typical) For use with... Catalog Number Standard Terminal Hardware (screw & washer) ➊ Price/ Set C6-95 C6-C C6-95-EI C6-CE C6-0 C6-C0 3 C6-0-EI C6-CE0 3 C6-5 C6-C5 296 C6-5-EI C6-CE5 296 C6-40 C6-C C6-40-EI C6-CE C(N)6-80 C6-C C(N)6-80-EI C6-CE C6-20-EI C6-CE C6-250-EI C6-CE C(N)6-300-EI C6-CE C6-420-EI C6-CE Items in grey are obsolete and have limited availability. Renewal Parts C6 Contactors Main Contact & rc Chute - Complete Set (C6-630 and C6-860) Complete set of three each Main Contact, rc Chute and hardware For use with... Catalog Number Price/ Set C6-630-EI C6-CE-630 ➍ 2940 C6-860-EI C6-CE-860 ➍ 3980 Terminal Hardware Fits Contactor... Screw Type Catalog Number Price Each C6-95 & 0 M6 C6-HF C6-5(-EI), 40(-EI) & C(N)6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI, C6-250-EI, C(N)6-300-EI & C6-420-EI M8 C6-HF M0 C6-HF rc Chutes ➋➌ rc Chutes (typical) C6-630-EI to 860-EI M2 C6-HF Items in grey are obsolete and have limited availability. For use with... Catalog Number Price/ Set C6-95 C C6-95-EI C6-E95 24 C6-0 C C6-0-EI C6-E0 67 C6-5 C C6-5-EI C6-E5 60 C6-40 C C6-40-EI C6-E C(N)6-80 C C(N)6-80-EI C6-E C6-20-EI C6-E C6-250-EI C6-E C(N)6-300-EI C6-E C6-420-EI C6-E Items in grey are obsolete and have limited availability. ➊ Set of six (6). Priced per set. ➋ One () required per contactor. ➌ C6- W rc Chutes available by special order. ➍ Kit includes Main Contacts and rc Chute Chamber. 36 Discount Schedule B6

137 DISCONTINUED Contactors Cross Reference, Series C & C6 to Series C9 (Open Type Only) ➊ Obsolete Contactor Cross Reference C or C6 to C9 Contactors Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) Series C Series C6 Series C9 I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) Obsolete Obsolete Equivalent 400V / Ø 3 Ø Catalog Catalog Catalog C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 5V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Number Number Number / C C / C C / ~ C ~ ~ C / ~ C6-20 ~ ~ C / ~ ~ C / ~ ~ C ~ ~ C / / ~ ~ C / ~ ~ C / ~ ~ ~ C / ~ C6 Contactors C-0 Contactor C6-40-EI contactor ➊ vailable auxiliary contacts may vary. See selection pages for more information. 37

138 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors C6 Contactors Technical Information Rated Insulation Voltage U i IEC, S, BS, SEV, VDE 0660 UL; CS [V] [V] C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI 000V 600V C6-300-EI Rated Voltage U imp (kv) 2kV Rated Voltage U e - Main Contacts C 50/60Hz [V] 230, 240, 400, 45, 500, 690, 000V DC [V] 24, 48, 0, 220, 440V Operating Frequency for C Loads [Hz] 50/60Hz C6-420-EI C6-630-EI C6-860-EI Switching Motor Loads Standard IEC Ratings C-2, C-3 230V [] DOL & Reversing 240V [] Hz 400V [] V [] 5(30)➊ 40(55)➊ 80(89)➌ 20(227)➊ 250(258)➊ 300(35)➊ V [] 5 5/40➋ 40(80)➊ V [] 5 5/40➋ 40(80)➊ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ 230V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] 66(75)➊ 82(90)➊ 05(0)➊ 22(32)➊ 45(50)➊ 76(85)➊ V [kw] 80 80(98)➋ 98(26)➊ V [kw] /35➋ 35(76)➊ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ UL/CS 5V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ DOL & Reversing 230V [] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 60Hz 5 V [HP] 0 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 230 V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 200V [] V [] V [] V [] V [HP] V [HP] V [HP] V [HP] C4 (200,000 Op. Cycles) 230V [] ~ ~ 50Hz 240V [] ~ ~ 400/45V [] ~ ~ 500V [] ~ ~ 690V [] ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ 240V [kw] ~ ~ 400/45V [kw] / /80 90 / 00 ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ Max. Operating Rate [ops/hr] ~ ~ ➊ Values in ( ) represent ratings for C-2 & C-3 and result in reduced lifespan of 25%. Use 400V values for full life span. ➋ Second number is rating for the -EI model. 38

139 Electrical Data C6-5(-EI) DISCONTINUED C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI Technical Information C6-420-EI C6-630-EI Switching Motor Loads (continued) Wye-Delta (Star Delta) 230V [] ~ ~ 50Hz 240V [] ~ ~ 400V [] ~ ~ 45V [] 99(225) 242(268)➊ 32(332) 364(393)➊ 433(447)➊ 520(546)➊ 727 ~ ~ 500V [] / 242➋ ~ ~ 690V [] / 242➋ ~ ~ 000V [] ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ 240V [kw] ~ ~ 400V [kw] ~ ~ 45V [kw] 4(32)➊ 32(60)➊ (335)➊ 425➊ ~ ~ 500V [kw] / 60➋ ~ ~ 690V [kw] / 220➋ ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ 60 Hz 200V [HP] ~ ~ 230V [HP] ~ ~ 460V [HP] ~ ~ 575V [HP] ~ ~ UL/CS Elevator Duty 200V [] ~ ~ 230V [] ~ ~ 460V [] ~ ~ 575V [] ~ ~ 200V [HP] ~ ~ 230V [HP] ~ ~ 460V [HP] ~ ~ 575V [HP] ~ ~ C- Load, 3 Switching I th [] mbient Temperature 40 C 230V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] ~ ~ mbient Temperature 60 C I th [] ~ ~ 230V [kw] ~ ~ 240V [kw] ~ ~ 400V [kw] ~ ~ 45V [kw] ~ ~ 500V [kw] ~ ~ 690V [kw] ~ ~ 000V [kw] ~ ~ C6 Contactors C6-860-EI C6 Contactors ➊ Values in ( ) represent ratings for C3 & C4 and result in reduced lifespan of 25%. Use 400V values for full life span. ➋ Rating C6-40 / C6-40-EI. 39

140 C6 Contactors Electrical Data C6-5(-EI) DISCONTINUED C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C6-630-EI Technical Information C6-860-EI Continuous Current (UL/CS) General Purpose Rating (40 C) Open [] Enclosed [] Lighting Loads Elect.Dischrg.Lamps-C-5a, Open [] ~ ~ single compensated Enclosed [] ~ ~ Incandescent Lamps - C-5b [] ~ ~ Switching power transformers C-6a Inrush Rated transformer current, P e n=30 240VC [] ~ ~ 230 VC [kv] ~ ~ 240 VC [kv] ~ ~ 400 VC [kv] ~ ~ 45 VC [kv] ~ ~ 500 VC [kv] ~ ~ 690 VC [kv] ~ ~ 000 VC [kv] ~ ~ n = VC [] ~ ~ n = VC [] ~ ~ 60Hz Peak inrush/peak rated transformer n = 30 [] ~ ~ 200V [kv] ~ ~ 208V [kv] ~ ~ 240V [kv] ~ ~ 480V [kv] ~ ~ 600V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [kv] ~ ~ 60Hz Peak inrush/peak rated transformer n = 20 [] ~ ~ 200V [kv] ~ ~ 208V [kv] ~ ~ 240V [kv] ~ ~ 480V [kv] ~ ~ 600V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [kv] ~ ~ 60Hz Peak inrush/peak rated transformer n = 5 [] ~ ~ 200V [kv] ~ ~ 208V [kv] ~ ~ 240V [kv] ~ ~ 480V [kv] ~ ~ 600V [kv] ~ ~ 660V [kv] ~ ~ C6 Contactors 40

141 Electrical Data DISCONTINUED C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI Technical Information C6-630(EI DC Ratings DC- Rating at 60 C Non-inductive or slightly 24VDC [] ~ ~ inductive loads, resistive 48VDC [] ~ ~ furnaces 0VDC [] ~ ~ 220VDC [] ~ ~ Pole 440VDC [] ~ ~ 24VDC [] ~ ~ 48VDC [] ~ ~ 2 Poles in Series 0VDC [] ~ ~ 220VDC [] ~ ~ 440VDC [] ~ ~ 24VDC [] ~ ~ 48VDC [] ~ ~ 3 Poles in Series ➊ 0VDC [] ~ ~ 220VDC [] ~ ~ 440VDC [] ~ ~ C6 Contactors C6-860-EI C6 Contactors DC-3 Rating at 60 C Shunt wound motors - 24VDC [] ~ ~ Starting, reverse current 48VDC [] ~ ~ breaking, reversing, stepping 0VDC [] ~ ~ 220VDC [] ~ ~ 3 Poles in Series ➊ 440VDC [] ~ ~ DC-5 Rating at 60 C Series wound motors - 24VDC [] ~ ~ Starting, reverse current 48VDC [] ~ ~ breaking, reversing, stepping 0VDC [] ~ ~ 220VDC [] ~ ~ 3 Poles in Series ➊ 440VDC [] ~ ~ Three poles wired in series for DC switching + OPTION OPTION B ➊ See diagram to right for three poles wired in series for DC switching 4

142 C6 Contactors Electrical Data C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C6-630-EI Capacitor Ratings C-6b Capacitor Switching - 50Hz Single Capacitor - 40 C 230 V [kvar] ~ ~ 240 V [kvar] ~ ~ 400 V [kvar] ~ ~ 45 V [kvar] ~ ~ 500 V [kvar] ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ 000 V [kvar] ~ ~ Single Capacitor - 60 C 230 V [kvar] ~ ~ 240 V [kvar] ~ ~ 400 V [kvar] ~ ~ 45 V [kvar] ~ ~ 500 V [kvar] ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ 000 V [kvar] ~ ~ Capacitor Bank- 40 C 230 V [kvar] ~ ~ 240 V [kvar] ~ ~ 400 V [kvar] ~ ~ 45 V [kvar] ~ ~ 500 V [kvar] ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ 000 V [kvar] ~ ~ Capacitor Bank- 60 C 230 V [kvar] ~ ~ Capacitor Switching - 60Hz DISCONTINUED 240 V [kvar] ~ ~ 400 V [kvar] ~ ~ 45 V [kvar] ~ ~ 500 V [kvar] ~ ~ 690V [kvar] ~ ~ 000 V [kvar] ~ ~ Single Capacitor - 40 C 200 V [kvar] ~ ~ 230 V [kvar] ~ ~ 460 V [kvar] ~ ~ 600V [kvar] ~ ~ Capacitor Bank- 40 C 200 V [kvar] ~ ~ 230 V [kvar] ~ ~ 460 V [kvar] ~ ~ 600V [kvar] ~ ~ Technical Information C6-860-EI C6 Contactors 42

143 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors Electrical Data Short-Circuit Coordination Contactors without Motor Protection Relays C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C6-630-EI C6-860-EI DIn Fuses - gg, gl vailable Fault Current [] 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K ~ ~ Type [] (355) ➊ ➊ Type 2 (380/400/45/690V) ➍ [] (35) Type 2 (000V) ➍ [] (35) cul Short-Circuit Ratings Class K, RK, K5, and RK5 Fuses (L Fuses) vailable Fault Current [] 0 K 0 K 0 K 0 K 8 K 8 K 8 K 30 K 42 K cul Max. Rating (600V) ➌ Type [] L-700 L-700 L-000 L-2000 L-2500 Class J CS & HRCI-J Fuses ➋ vailable Fault Current [] 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K 00 K ~ ~ cul Max. Rating (600V) ➌ Type 2 [] ~ ~ Circuit Breaker, inverse time ➎ vailable Fault Current [] 0 K 0 K 0 K 0 K 8 K 8 K 8 K 30 K 42 K cul Max. Rating (600V) ➌ Type [] Short Time Current Withstand Ratings l cw 60 C S [] (2550) ➋ ➊ ➊ 4 S [] (970) ➋ S [] (360) ➋ S [] (30) ➋ S [] (850) ➋ ➊ ➊ 240 S [] (600) ➋ S [] (440) ➋ Off Time Between Operations [Min.] Resistance and Watt Loss I e C3 Resistance per power pole [mw] Watt Loss - 3 power poles [W] Coil and 3 power poles C [W] 24.5(20.5)➋ 34.6(30.6)➋ 50.8(46.8)➋ (@I ec3) DC [W] 22.5(20.5)➋ 32.6(30.6)➋ 48.8(46.8)➋ C6 Contactors ➊ Under test. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. ➋ Values in parentheses (_) are for the -EI- contactor. ➌ UL Listed Combination. (UL File E4850) Per UL508, NEC409 and CS 22.2 No.4 for contactor and fuses or circuit breaker only. ➍ Per IEC for contactor and fuses only. ➎ When used as a Branch Circuit Protection device, NEC defines the maximum rating of an Inverse-time circuit breaker to be sized at 250% of the motor nameplate FL for most applications. 43

144 C6 Contactors Short Circuit Ratings High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL508 and CS 22.2 No.4 CEP7 Second Generation Cat. No. CEP7 EEHF EEJF EEJG EEKG Contactor Catalog No. Max. starter FLC () DISCONTINUED Max. available fault current (k) Fuse Ratings Max. voltage (V) UL Class J and CS HRCI-J fuse () C6-5 5 CN C C6-80 CN C C C6-300 CN C C C6-300 CN EELG C Technical Information C6 Contactors & Overload Relay UL Listed Circuit Breaker Ratings ➊ Short Circuit Rating (k) Max. Voltage (V) Max. CB rating () ➊ Various Mfg. of UL Listed Circuit Breakers may be used. 44

145 Mechanical Data C6-5 C6-5-EI C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI Technical Information C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C6 Contactors Service Life Mechanical C [Mil.] DC [Mil.] Electrical C-3 (400V) [Mil.] R/F R/F Shipping Weights C - C6 [kg] (3.8) 3.3 (3.8) [Lbs] (8.4) 7.3 (8.4) DC - C6 [kg] (3.8) 3.3 (3.8) [Lbs] (8.4) 7.3 (8.4) Terminations - Power Type Direct Connection DISCONTINUED C6-630-EI Hexagonal Bolt b max. [mm] C6-860-EI C6 Contactors c max. [mm] s max. [mm] x 8 Ø min. [mm] Recommended Torque [Nm] [Lb-in] With Main Terminal Set (C6-HB...) sm. opening [mm 2 ] ~ lg. opening [mm 2 ] ~ sm. opening [mm 2 ] ~ lg. opening [mm 2 ] ~ b max. [mm] ~ s. sm. opening [mm] ~ s. lg. opening [mm] ~ Recommended Torque [Nm] 4 25 ~ Wire Size per UL/CS sm. opening [WG] #6... / 0 # MCM ~ lg. opening [WG] # MCM # MCM ~ Recommended Torque [Lb-in] ~ ➊ Minimum 25mm 2 (#4 WG) -95mm 2 (250mcm) with sleeve per DIN

146 C6 Contactors Mechanical Data (continued) Technical Information C6- C6- C6- C6- C6- C6- C6- C6- C6-5(-EI) 40(-EI) 80(-EI) 20-EI 250-EI 300-EI 420-EI 630-EI 860-EI With Screw-type Lugs - Copper Clad (C6-L ) Screw-type lugs accept round conductors only C6-L80 [WG] #6 300 MCM ~ ~ ~ Recommended Torque [Lb-in] ~ ~ ~ C6-L420 [WG] ~ 2x #4 350 MCM ~ ~ Recommended Torque [Lb-in] ~ 375 ~ ~ C6-L630 [WG] ~ ~ 2 x 2 / MCM ~ Recommended Torque [Lb-in] ~ ~ 400 ~ C6-L860 [WG] ~ ~ ~ 4 x 2 / MCM Recommended Torque [Lb-in] ~ ~ ~ 400 Terminations - Control DISCONTINUED C6 Contactors Description Combination Screw Head: Cross, Slotted, Pozidrive Coils Wires or 2 [mm2] 2.5 [WG] 6 2 Torque Requirement [Nm].5 [Lb-in] Control Modules Wires [mm2] 4 [WG] 6 2 Degree of Protection - contactor IP00 per IEC and DIN Type of Protection - with accessories Single contactor cover IPX per IEC and DIN With main terminal set IP2X per IEC and DIN Protection against accidental contact Finger and back-of-hand proof according to VDE 006, Part 00 46

147 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors Coil Data C6- C6- C6- C EI 300-EI 420-EI 630-EI 860-EI Voltage Range Conventional Coil EI Coil EI Coil EI Coil C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [x U s ] U s min. U s max 0.85 U s min. U s max 0.80 U s min. U s max Dropout [x U s ] U s min 0.5 U s max 0.3 U s min 0.5 U s max 0. U s min 0.8 U s max DC Pickup [x U s ] U s min. U s max 0.85 U s min. U s max 0.85 U s min. U s max Dropout [x U s ] U s min 0.5 U s max 0.3 U s min 0.5 U s max 0. U s min 0.8 U s max Coil Consumption C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [V/W] 650 / / 240 ➌ 490 / 270 ➌ 95 / 720 Hold-in [V/W] 50 / 0 3 / 6 8 / 7 33 / 30 DC Pickup [W] 540 ➊➋ 265 ➊➌ 340 ➊➌ 980 ➊➌ Hold-in [W] EI (B-B2 24VDC Interface) [V/W] ~ 5 ma 5 ma 5 ma Operating Times C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [ms] Dropout [ms] with RC Suppressor Dropout [ms] 9 8 ~ ~ DC Pickup [ms] with Integ. Suppression Dropout [ms] Insulation Class Class B according to VDE 0660, Table 22 C6 Contactors C6-EI pplication Notes for 24 volt C/DC Electronic Coils The C6-EI 24 VC or 24 VDC electronic coils are sensitive to voltage drops. These notes are provided to assist customers in control wiring methods and the selection of a power supply. < 0ms I peak = 25 amps Start-up peak < 00ms I mean = amps Pull-in values > 00ms I hold = 0.5 amps verage Hold-in values Circuit operation While the electronic coil is switching on, the power supply must deliver a peak of 25 amps. This period will not exceed 0ms. During the contactor closing period, the pull-in current of the coil drops to amps. This period will not exceed 00ms. fter approximately 80ms the demand of the electronic coil will be reduced to the holding value; which has an average of 0.5 amps. Power supply selection Use peak value (I peak ) for the selection of the power supply. regulated power supply is preferred. If an unregulated power supply is utilized then the no load value of the power supply must be less than 28 volts. dditional attention must be given to decrease the control wire resistance because unregulated power supplies have a high ripple voltage. Control Circuit Wiring To minimize wire resistance see the following: The wire gauge (cross-section) must be sufficient to allow a wire resistance of less than 50 milli-ohms for a regulated power supply and 00 milli-ohms for an unregulated power supply. For unregulated power supplies, 6 WG can be used for runs up to 25 feet (longer for regulated power supply). Consult Sprecher + Schuh for additional information if longer runs are required. Stranded wire should be fitted with ferrules. Terminations should be tightened within the recommended torque values. If multiple C6-EI contactors are used in the control circuit, the electronic coil terminations should be fed directly from the power supply (home runs). Do NOT parallel (jumper) multiple coil terminations. Switching of the home runs must be accomplished through separate (individual) contacts of a control relay or control device. Recommendation C6 contactor used in the EI mode removes the burden of the coil from the 24 VDC power supply. The integrated electronic interface allows line voltage, or at least a higher C voltage (i.e., 20V), to be applied to coil terminals 2, while the 24 VDC low level milli-ampere signal switches the B B2 interface. The EI mode (method) has significant advantages over direct coil switching at 24 VDC. See the description of operation on the next page. ➊ Customers with 24VDC applications should strongly consider using the EI functionality of the C6 (see pages 48-49). ➋ Conventional DC coils are Two-Winding Coils. See page 49. ➌ Electronic coil drives are designed to minimize power requirements, but this control may exhibit higher inrush (540W, <0ms) when energizing. This must be taken into account for the proper sizing of supply devices, all-or-nothing relays, and cross-sections of coil supply lines. 47

148 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors C6 Contactors C6 Electronic Coils (C6-5-EI C6-860-EI) C6-EI contactors are supplied with an electronically controlled mechanism, which has an integrated electronic interface that consists of the following main parts: The coil bobbin rated for the control voltage. printed circuit board with components for control and interface functions which is matched to the coil and rated for the control voltage. n interconnecting printed circuit board with coil terminals, which is located in the contactor base. R/C transient surge suppressors which are installed on the printed circuit board. The C6-EI coil bobbin and printed circuit board are a matched set; therefore, both must be changed when replacing the coil or changing out the coil to a different voltage. ll replacement coils include both the coil bobbin and printed circuit board. Commissioning The C6-EI contactor is operated in either the E mode (normal operation) or the EI mode (electronic interface operation) and is programmed by an orange jumper located on the bottom side of the contactor (opposite the coil terminals). This orange jumper is directly underneath main terminal T2 and is exposed by removing the small plastic cover that shields the mating space for the CRC/CRV protection element. Electronic Operation E Mode For the E mode (factory default setting), the contactor is connected and controlled using terminals & 2 in the same manner as a traditional contactor with an electromechanical coil mechanism. The contactor is programmed from the factory in the E mode by means of the orange jumper in the position as shown in Detail. The E mode (or electronic mode) provides electronic control of the coil mechanism, but does not allow coil energizing from a low level signal source such as a PLC. Electronic Interface Operation EI Mode For the EI mode, or optional electronic interface setting, the contactor can be switched from a PLC or other low-level signal source ( VDC) without the need for an interposing relay. The contactor is programmed for the EI mode by moving the orange jumper to the position as shown in Detail B. In the EI mode, the control voltage (VC or VDC) must be permanently switched on to terminals & 2 while in operation. The control signal from the PLC or other low-level signal source must be applied to terminals B & B2 (orange terminals) of the electronic interface in order to energize the contactor. The current burden of the interface is 5m maximum. 48

149 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors C6 Conventional DC Coil (C6-5 C6-80) Conventional 3-lead DC Coil C6 Contactors Notes ) The C6 conventional DC coil has dual windings with three leads brought out. One winding is the pick-up winding and the other is the holding winding. The coil also has a built-in voltage limiting varistor (Z). 2) The pick-up winding has low resistance while the holding winding has a higher resistance. 3) When the control circuit is energized, the contactor pulls-in through the lower resistance pick-up winding and the NC late break auxiliary contact. fter the contactor seals in, the late break contact opens and the contactor is held in through the holding winding. 4) The pick-up winding is not designed for continuous operation and must be disconnected by the late break contact immediately after the contactor pulls-in. 49

150 C6 Contactors Environmental and General Specifications C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI mbient Temperature ➊ Storage C ( F) Operation at rated current C ( F) (40 C per UL) Conditioned 5% current reduction -70 C (58 F) ltitude at installed site 2000 meters above sea level per IEC Resistance to Corrosion / Humidity Damp-alternating climate: cyclic to IEC 68-2, 56 cycles. Dry heat: IEC 68-2, +00 C (22 F), relative humidity <50%, 7 days Damp tropical: IEC 68-2, +40 C (04 F), relative humidity <92%, 56 days. Shock Resistance IEC : Half sinusoidal shock ms, 4g (2g in all three directions) Vibration Resistance IEC : Static >2g, in normal position Operating Position See Dimensions pages Standards IEC/EN /-4-/-5-; UL508; CS 22.2 No. 4 pprovals CE, culus, CCC uxiliary Contacts DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6-630-EI Conventional auxiliary contacts Suitable for electronic circuits Switching, C & DC Loads C- I th at 40 C [] 6 0. at 250V at 60 C [] 2 0. at 250V C-5 at rated operating voltage of: [V} [] m at V DC-3, switching electromagnets at: [V} [] m at V Short Circuit Protection - gg Fuse Type 2 Coordination [] 6 0. Rated Impulse Voltage U imp [kv] 8.5 Load carrying capacity per UL/CS Rated Voltage [V] 600 max. 250V max. Continuous Rating [] 0 general purpose Switching Capacity Heavy pilot duty (600) 0. Rated Voltage [V} 600 max. Switching Capacity Standard pilot duty (P600) Minimum Switching Capacity 7V, 0m 7V, 5m Terminals Terminal Type Maximum Wire Size per IEC Flexible with Wire- Conductor [mm 2 ] End Ferrule 2 Conductor [mm 2 ] Solid/Stranded- Conductor [mm 2 ] Conductor 2 Conductor [mm 2 ] Recommended Tightening Torque [Nm] Max. Wire Size per UL/CS [WG] Recommended Tightening Torque [lb-in] Degree of Protection IP2X per IEC 529 and DIN C6 Contactors C6-860-EI Contact Ratings (Per UL508/NEM 600 & Q600) Standard Circuit Voltage Make (mps/v) Break (mps/v) Continuous mps C 240C 480C 650C 60/7200V 30/7200V 5/7200V 2/7200V 6/720V 3/720V.5/720V.2/720V 0 Q600 25DC 250DC 600C 0.55/69V 0.27/69V 0./69V 0.55/69V 0.27/69V 0./69V 2.5 ➊ mbient is the temperature outside the enclosure. 50

151 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors - Contact Life Life-Load Curves C- / C-3 0 C- / Non or slightly inductive loads, resistive furnaces; Ue= 400 VC C-3 / Starting and stopping of running motors C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C-/C-3 C6 Contactors Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Instructions on How to read Life Curves can be found on page Rated operational current Ie C-3 [] (Dashed curves C- only, open) C-4 / Starting with inching and plugging; Ue= 400 VC C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C-4 0 C-4 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Rated operational current Ie C-4 [] NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 5

152 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors - Contact Life C6 Contactors Life-Load Curves C-3 (90%), C-4 (0%) 0 Mixed operation of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 400 VC C-3 90% Starting and stopping of running motors C-4 0% Starting with inching or plugging C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-420-EI C-3/C-4 Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Rated operational current Ie C-3 / C-4 [] Contact Life for Mixed Utilization Categories C-3 and C-4 In many applications, the utilization category cannot be defined as either purely C-3 or C-4. In those applications, the electrical life of the contactor can be estimated with the following equation: 00 Heavy Duty Starting and Regular Short-time Operation C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C6-300-EI C6-40(-EI)/80(-EI) C6-5(-EI) C6-420-EI L mixed L ac3 L mixed = L ac3 / [+P ac4 x (L ac3 /L ac4 -)], where: pproximate contact life in operations for a mixed C-3/C-4 utilization category application. pproximate contact life in operations for a pure C-3 utilization category (from the C-3 life-load curve). Max. Starting / Loading time [s] 0 L ac4 P ac4 pproximate contact life in operations for a pure C-4 utilization category (from the C-4 life-load curve). Percentage of C-4 operations Starting Current / Short-time current [] NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 52

153 Maximum Operating Rates C-3 250ms start time Max. Operating Rate [Ops/hr] DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors Operating Rates Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off during running; Ue = 400 VC 250ms start time; 40% duty cycle C-3 C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C6 Contactors Rated operational current Ie [] C-3 sec. start time 5000 Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off during running; Ue = 400 VC s start time; 40% duty cycle Max. Operating Rate [Ops/hr] C6-5(-EI) C6-40(-EI) C6-80(-EI) C Rated operational current Ie [] 53

154 DISCONTINUED Dimensions C6 Contactors C6 Contactors e e2 Series C6 & Series CU6 (Contactors & Reversing Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. c øe d e3 b e3 e4 d2 a ød c Catalog Number a b c c d d d2 e e e2 e3 e4 C6-5(-EI); C6-40(-EI); C(N)6-80(-EI); M8 (4-3/4) (6-/6) (6-/8) (4-/32) (7/32) (5-/6) (3-5/6) (3/6) (-35/64) (6-9//64) (25/64) C6-20-EI C6-250-EI C(N)6-300(-EI); C6-420-EI M0 (6-/8) (8-/6) (7-3/32) (4-/32) (9/32) (7-3/32) (5-/8) () (-7/8) (7-9/32) (3/64) C6-630-EI C6-860-EI 255 (0-3/64) 30 (2-7/32) 265 (0-7/6) 0.5 (4-/32) 0 (25/64) 230 (9-/6) 225 (8-55/64) M2 40 (-37/64) 70 (2-3/4) 29 (-29/64) 22 (55/64) Reversing Contactors & ccessories (+...) Contactor with... C6... Dimension [mm] Dimension [inches] - auxiliary contact block ➊ + S a a + S2 a mm each a + 9/32 each - reversing w/mechanical interlock a + a a + a - main terminal set HB2 b + 7mm each b + 9/64 each HB3 b + 8.5mm each b + /32 each - label holder c + 5mm c + 3/6 Mounting Position ➊ No change of base dimensions with or 2 auxiliary contact blocks (S or S2). Each dimension increased by 3.5 mm to the a dimesions on the right hand side. 54

155 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C6 Contactors Notes C6 Contactors 55

156 C5 Contactors Series C5 Contactors The contactor for heavy industrial applications from 500HP to 900HP DISCONTINUED This series is being replaced by the C9 Series of contactors C5 Series contactors provide large horsepower performance with a design that is up to 40% smaller than traditional contactors of this rating. The entire line is modularly designed for easy inspection, contact replacement and coil change out. ll maintenance can be performed from the front so that mounting can be accomplished with no wasted space on the sides. The contactor for large horsepower applications The C5 series consists of four contactors in two frame sizes covering motors from 500 to 900 HP (at 460V/575V). This line is well suited for heavy industrial applications utilizing large machinery and equipment such as rock quarries and mines, or for any large horsepower application where a rugged and dependable contactor is needed. Specially designed shockfree contact system characteristic of contactors in this size class is to transmit intense impact forces during operation. This is caused by the heavy magnetic armatures of the core, which can cause contact bounce. C5 contactors, however, are designed so that the operating planes of the electromagnets and the contacts are opposed to each other by Direction of electromagnets (coil armature) Direction of main contacts 90. This results in a bounce-free contact system, increasing the contactor s mechanical life and raising contact reliability. Rugged and reliable massive steel framework supporting the magnet system ensures high stability in all applications. Low-wear materials for bearings and sliding surfaces, as well as generously dimensioned magnet-pole faces result in above average mechanical life with a minimum of maintenance. Despite their rugged construction, overall contactor weight has been reduced considerably permitting simpler panel construction and easier assembly. 280mm ( ) mm ( 3 3/6 )

157 Unique coil feeder group offers many advantages C5-700 and 860 contactors are equipped with a special feeder group for the coil that accommodates C control voltages of 50 or 60Hz, and a wide range of DC voltages. djustable auxiliary contacts C5 contactors can be equipped with a maximum of four NO and four NC auxiliary contacts. In addition, the closing time of the auxiliary contacts (on C5-700 & 860 contactors) can be adjusted to meet individual control requirements. Two choices for interlocking reversing contactors Unique to the C5 range is the ability to mechanically interlock reversing contactors in either a horizontal or vertical orientation. This feature allows maximum flexibility when laying out panels. C5 Contactors This coil arrangement eliminates noise and provides very low pickup and hold-in current. In addition, the dropout time of the coil can be adjusted within one of three ranges. Normal Drop (50 to 200ms): for prompt reaction of contactor to a breaking command (factory setting). Delayed Drop (0.5 to s): where it is necessary for the contactor to be immune to short power supply interruptions or uncertain control devices. Fast Drop (about 20ms): for safety applications where instant dropout is required. Modular, convenient design The C5 line is modularly designed for easy inspection, coil change and contact replacement. Maintenance can be performed from the front so that mounting requires no additional space. Even with the installation of mechanical interlocks and auxiliary contact blocks, the units can be flush mounted side by side, saving panel space. dd-on fourth pole In many applications, the neutral also needs to be switched. ll C5 contactors can be fitted with a 4th pole on either the left or right side of the contactor. This switched neutral is available as an accessory that can easily be installed in the field. DISCONTINUED 4 5 Horizontal mechanical interlock Vertical mechanical interlock Simple main contact inspection and easy coil change 3 9 C5-700 Contactor 2 C5-000 Contactor 3 Coil Pair 4 Feeder Group 5 4th Pole (Neutral Switching) 6 uxiliary Contact Block 7 uxiliary Contact Block 8 Mechanical Interlock (horizontal) 9 Mechanical Interlock (vertical) 6 8 full range of C5 accessories is available, including a unique mechanical interlock that allows vertical mounting of contactors (see explanation above)

158 C5 Contactors DISCONTINUED Non-Reversing, Three Pole Contactors With C or DC Coil, Series C5 (Open type only) ➊➌ Ratings for Switching C Motors (C2 / C3 / C4) uxiliary I e [] kw (50 Hz) UL/CS HP (60 Hz) ➌ 3 Ø Contacts per Contactor 400V C-3 C- 230V 45V 500V 690V 200V 230V 460V 575V NO NC Open Type Catalog Number ➊➌ C Contactors - C and DC Coil Price Three Pole Series C C ~ ~ ~ ~ 2 C C contactor C Note: C5 open-type contactors include terminal bolts. See page 60 for Lugs. C contactor Coil Codes ➊➋ C5-700 / 860 C & DC Voltage Range Coil Code 50 Hz 60 Hz VDC V 0-20V 00-0VDC V V VDC V V VDC V V VDC Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code C Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page C5-000 / 200 Voltage Range 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 0V 0V V 220V V 380V V 440V V V ➊ C5-700 and 860 contactors are equipped with coils that operate with both C and DC control voltages. C5-000 and 200 contactors operate with C control voltage input that is rectified for DC coil operation. See page 6. Consult factory for DC control voltage input. ➋ Other voltages available, see page 6. ➌ C5-000 horsepower ratings per IEC Utilization category C-3. See C5 Technical Data section for additional sizing information. Label does not bear a UL/CS horsepower rating. 58

159 uxiliary Contact Blocks (2 & 4 Pole) Contact Block Description NO NC 4-pole For mounting between T & T2 or between T2 & T3 djustable; provides normal, delayed or overlapping contacts ➊ Maximum two blocks per contactor ➋ lternate terminal marking tags included DISCONTINUED 2 2 ccessories Field Installable C5 Contactors Contact rrangement For use with... Catalog Number Price Standard terminal marking for mounting between T & T lternate terminal marking for mounting between T2 & T3 C5-700 C5-860 C5-EF22 ➋ 456 C5 Contactors 2-pole For side mounting on either side of the contactor Maximum four blocks per contactor ➌ lternate terminal marking tags included Standard terminal marking C5-000 C5-200 C5-EB ➌ 725 l One supplied standard with contactor l Special two pole design; NO delayed make, NC l NO delayed make contact used for operation of the Feeder Group/Coil mechanism Delayed Make C5-000 C5-200 C5-EBDC pole Switched Neutral (4th Pole) ➍ 4th Pole 4th Pole mperes I th C- 500 For use with... Catalog Number Price C5-700 C5-860 C5-NP500/ C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 C5-NP000/6 480 C5-NP000/ ➊ Further information on adjustable contacts can be found under uxiliary Contacts in the C5 Technical Section. ➋ Contactor comes standard with one 4-pole aux contact block. ➌ In addition to one standard two-pole auxiliary contact block (C5-EB), C5-000 & 200 contactors are equipped from the factory with a special two pole auxiliary contact block (C5-EBDC). One of the poles is used for operation of the Feeder Group/Coil mechanism, the other NC contact is available for use. Two additional aux contact blocks may be added for a total of four. ➍ No UL or cul approval. 59

160 DISCONTINUED ccessories - Field Installable C5 Contactors Main Lugs C5 Contactors Lug or ccessory Description Wire Size Catalog Number Price Screw Type Lugs - (set of 6) For C5-700 For C5-860 For C5-000 & C5-200 ➊ (2) 3/0-750MCM (3) 2-600MCM (4) /0-750MCM C5-700-LU C5-860-LU C5-200-LU Mechanical Interlock Kit Mechanical Latch For Horizontal Mounting of Contactors Interlock For use with... Catalog Number Price Latch For use with... Catalog Number Price C5-700 C5-860 C5-700/C5-860 C5-700/C5-000 C5-700/C5-200 C5-860/C5-000 C5-860/C5-200 C5-BM6H 757 C5-BM67H 230 C5-700 C5-860 C5-M6-380 C5-000 C5-200 C5-000/C5-200 C5-BM7H 430 For Vertical Mounting of Contactors C5-700 C5-860 C5-700/C5-860 C5-700/C5-000 C5-700/C5-200 C5-860/C5-000 C5-860/C5-200 C5-BM6V 757 C5-BM67V 230 C Coil Code C5-M6- Replace with Coil Code Voltage Range 50 Hz / 60 Hz 20 0V - 20V V - 240V V - 45V V - 480V C5-000 C5-200 C5-000/C5-200 C5-BM7V ➊ C5-000 is not UL Listed. 60

161 DISCONTINUED ll C5 contactor coils are made up of two parts; the Coil Pair and Feeder Group. When ordering replacement parts, usually assume the Coil Pair must be replaced. If control voltage changes, user must order Coil Pair and matching Feeder Group. Even though all C5 coils are designed for C input (DC input also available for C contactors), they are operated by a DC voltage supplied from a feeder group. lways order Renewal Parts C5 Contactors by the Coil Code matched to the actual control voltage available to the contactor. Further information on C5 coil pairs and feeder groups can be found in C5 Technical Information. C5 Contactors C & DC Coil Pairs & Feeder Groups (C5-550 to C5-860) ➊➋ C5-550 C5-700 & C5-860 Voltage Range COIL CODES Coil Pair Feeder Group Coil Pair Feeder Group 0-20V 50/60Hz TX734 TXS734 TY734 TYS VDC ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) V 50/60Hz TX747 TXS747 TY747 TYS VDC ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) V 50/60Hz TX779 TXS779 TY779 TYS VDC ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) V 50/60Hz TX780 TXS780 TY780 TYS VDC ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Price C Coil Pairs & Feeder Groups (C5-000 & C5-200) ➊➋ Voltage Range 0-5 Volts 50/60Hz Volts 50/60Hz Volts 50/60Hz 440 Volts 50/60Hz Volts 50/60Hz C COIL CODES C5-000 & C5-200 Coil Pair TZ734 ( ) TZ747 ( ) TZ779 ( ) TZ780 ( ) Feeder Group TZS734 ( ) TZS747 ( ) TZS779 ( ) TZS780 ( ) 480 TZ78 TZS78 Price DC Coil Pairs & Feeder Groups (C5-000 & C5-200) ➋➌ Voltage Range 0 Volts DC 220 Volts DC 440 Volts DC DC COIL CODES C5-000 & C5-200 Coil Pair Feeder Group 0D Refer to factory Refer to factory 220D Refer to factory Refer to factory 480D Refer to factory Refer to factory Price Refer to factory Refer to factory C5 Feeder Group - front view (typical) ➊ Other voltages available. Please contact factory. ➋ C5-550, 700 and 860 contactors are equipped with coils that operate with both C and DC control voltages. For DC coil operation, select C Coil Code for desired DC voltage. C5-000 and 200 contactors operate with C control voltage input that is rectified for DC coil operation. See page 67. Consult factory for DC control voltage input. C5 Coil Pair (typical) C5 Feeder Group - rear view (typical) Discount Schedule B6 6

162 DISCONTINUED Renewal Parts C5 Contactors C5 Contactors Main Contact - ( Pole Per Set) Main Contacts (pole) (typical) For use with... C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Catalog Number C5-CP550 ( ) C5-CP700 ( ) C5-CP860 ( ) C5-CP000 ( ) C5-CP200 ( ) Price per pole rc Chutes rc Chutes (typical) 3-pole ( per contactor) For use with... Catalog Number Price C5-550 C5-700/ C5-860 C5-C550 ( ) C5-C860 ( ) C5-000/ C5-200 C5-C200 ( ) 985 -pole (3 per contactor) 62 Discount Schedule B6

163 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors Technical Information C5-550 C5-700 ➊ C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Rated Insulation Voltage U i to IEC947- [V] UL/CS [V] Rated Impulse Voltage U imp C5-550 / 700 / 860 [kv] C5-000 / 200 [kv] Rated Voltage Ue-Main Contacts C 50/60Hz [V] 220/230, 240, 380/400,45,500,660/690 (000V - C5-550 to 860) DC [V] 24, 48, 0, 220, 440V Operating Frequency for C Loads [Hz] 50/60Hz 80/hr. for 0.25s start time - 42/hr. for s start time C5 Contactors Switching Motor Loads Standard IEC Ratings C-2, C-3 230/240V [] DOL & Reversing 400/45V [] Hz/60 C 500V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] UL/CS 200V [] ~ 85 DOL & Reversing 230V [] ~ 30 60Hz 460 V [] ~ V [] ~ V [HP] ~ V [HP] ~ V [HP] ~ V [HP] ~ 900 C4-200,000 Op. Cycles 230/240V [] Hz 400/45V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] C4-200,000 Op. Cycles (25,000) 230/240V [] (630) (700) Squirrel-cage motors with reversing 400/45V ➊ [] (630) (700) and jogging 230V [kw] (205) (228) 240V [kw] (24) (245) 400V [kw] (357) (44) 45V [kw] (359) (424) ➊ t rated voltage (45V) and rated current: Life span 25%. 63

164 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors C5 Contactors Electrical Data C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Switching Motor Loads (continued) Wye-Delta (Star Delta) 230V [] Hz 240V [] V [] V [] V [] V [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] Hz 230V [HP] V [HP] V [HP] C- Load, 3 Switching I th [] mbient Temperature 40 C 230V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] mbient Temperature 60 C I th [] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] V [kw] Continuous Current (UL/CS) General Purpose Rating (40 C) [] ~ 25 Rated Making Capacity 45V [] C-3 I e 500V [] V [] Rated Breaking Capacity 240V [] C-3 I e 400V [] V [] V [] V [] Short Circuit Protection of Contactors Without Overload Relay Fuse gg (am) Type Coordination 500V [] (630) (per IEC ) 690V [] (630)

165 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors Electrical Data C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 DC Ratings DC- Rating at 60 C Non-inductive or slightly pole 24VDC [] inductive loads, resistive furnaces 48VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Poles in Series 0VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] VDC [] Poles in Series 0VDC [] VDC [] DC-3 Rating at 60 C Shunt wound motors - 3 Poles in Series 24VDC [] Starting, reverse current 48VDC [] breaking, reversing, stepping DC-5 Rating at 60 C Series wound motors - 3 Poles in Series 24VDC [] Starting, reverse current 48VDC [] breaking, reversing, stepping Lighting Loads C5 Contactors Elec.Dischrg.Lamps-C-5a, Open [] single compensated Enclosed [] Incandescent Lamps - C C-5b, Electrical endurance ~00,000 operations [] Switching power transformers C-6a Inrush = nxi e Rated transformer current Inrush 400 VC [] 7,440 9,450,700 3,500 6, VC [] n= VC [kv] VC [kv] VC [kv] n= VC [] n=5 400 VC [] Rated making Capacity C-3 I e 45V [] 5,500 7,000 8,600 0,000 2, V [] 5,500 7,000 8,600 0,000 2, V [] 5,500 7,000 8,600 0,000 2,000 Rated making Capacity C-3 I e 240V [] 4,400 5,600 6,900 8,000 9, V [] 4,400 5,600 6,900 8,000 9,600 45V [] 4,400 5,600 6,900 8,000 9, V [] 4,400 5,600 6,900 8,000 9, V [] 4,000 5,00 5,600 6,900 8,000 65

166 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors C5 Contactors Electrical Data C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Capacitor Ratings Capacitor Switching - 50Hz Single Capacitor - 40 C 230 V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] Single Capacitor - 55 C 230 V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] Capacitor Bank - 40 C 230 V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] Capacitor Bank - 55 C 230 V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] V [kvar] Short-Circuit Coordination Short Time Current Withstand Ratings I cw 60 C s [] s [] s [] s [] s [] s [] s [] Off Time Between Operations [Min.] Resistance and Watt Loss l e C3 Resistance per power pole [mw] Watt Loss - 3 power poles [W] Coil and 3 power poles C [W] (including series resistor) DC [W]

167 Electrical Data DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Coil Data Voltage Range C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [xu s] Dropout [xu s] DC Pickup [xu s] Dropout [xu s] Coil Consumption C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [V] Hold-in [V] DC Pickup [V] Hold-in [W] Operating Times C: 50Hz, 60Hz, 50/60 Hz Pickup [ms] Normal Dropout [ms] Delayed Dropout [ms] ~ ccelerated Dropout [ms] ~ DC Pickup [ms] Normal Dropout [ms] Delayed Dropout [ms] ~ ccelerated Dropout [ms] ~ Insulation Class Class B to VDE 0660 table 22 C5 Contactors Control and Magnet System for C5-700 C5-860 Contactors Even though the input to the magnet system can either be C or DC, the low pull-in and holding consumption of the magnet system is achieved by DC operating coils supplied by a Feeder Group. The Feeder Group for these contactors also allows delayed, normal or accelerated dropout times, selectable between 20ms and 000ms. Delayed: ( ms) Normal: (50 200ms) ccelerated: (20 50ms) s supplied, the contactors are wired for a normal dropout time. To compensate for wide voltage fluctuations or brief supply voltage interruptions, the dropout time can be delayed by wiring changes made to the Feeder Group at installation. C OR DC C ~ / + RT - ~ / - ~ + ~ 2 2 R VDR Normal drop Coil Circuit for C5-550, 700 & 860 C or DC supply Z M2 M C C Control and Magnet System for C5-000 C5-200 Contactors Even though the input to the magnet system is only designed for C voltages, the low pull-in and holding consumption of the magnet system is achieved by DC operating coils supplied by a Feeder Group. The Feeder Group for these contactors is configured for a dropout time of 25 50ms. Dropout times for these contactors are not selectable. Further information regarding circuit possibilities can be obtained from assembly instructions supplied with each device. C (ONLY) ~ RT - ~ C ~ ~ C + C C () RC R 22 R R -2 R R C 2 2 Coil Circuit for C5-000 & 200 C supply (only) R R 0 0 C: Coil pair R: DC auxiliary relay coil for economy resistor switching R, RC, RR: Economy resistor VDR: Varistor M, M2: Terminals for fast-drop connection Z: Device for dropout operating time variation () For control voltages up to 25V NC contacts -2 & 2-22 are connected in parallel; higher voltages are connected in series RC 67

168 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors C5 Contactors Mechanical Data C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Service Life Mechanical C Control [Mil.] DC Control [Mil.] Electrical C-3 (400V) [Mil.] Shipping Weights C - C5 C Control [kg] DC Control [Lbs] C - CU5 C Control [kg] DC Control [Lbs] Terminations - Power Type Direct Connection (customer supplied connections) Hexagonal Bolt b max. [mm] c max. [mm] s max. [mm] 2 x 5 2 x 5 2 x 6 2 x 6 2 x 8 Ø min. [mm] Refer to C5 stab dimensions below Recommended Torque [Nm] [Lb-ft] C5 Stab Dimensions 68

169 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors Mechanical Data (continued) C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 Terminations - Control Description Combination Screw Head: Cross, Slotted, Pozidrive Coils or 2 [mm2] 4 Wires [WG] 25 Control Modules or 2 [mm2] 4 Wires [WG] 25 Torque Requirement [Nm] [Lb-in] Degree of Protection - contactor IPOO (open) per IEC and DIN C5 Contactors Environmental and General Specifications Rated Isolation Voltage U i IEC, S, BS, SEV, VDE 0660 [V] 000V 690V UL/CS [V] 600V 600V Impulse Voltage - U imp minute per IEC [kv] 8kV 2.5kV mbient Temperature Storage C ( F) Operation at rated current C ( F) (40 C per UL) ltitude at installed site 2000 meters above sea level per IEC Operating Frequency for C Loads 50/60 Hz 80/Hr. for 0.25, start time 42/ HR for s start time Resistance to Corrosion / Humidity Damp-alternating climate: cyclic per DIN and Part 38 IEC Operating Position Dry heat: IEC 68-2, + 00 C (22 F), relative humidity,50%, 7 days Damp tropical: IEC 68-2, +40 C (04 F), relative humidity 95%, 56 days ➊ See dimensions page Standards IEC/EN 60947, ul508, csa C22.2 No. 4 pprovals culus, CE ➊ Per DIN and , part

170 C5 Contactors uxiliary Contacts DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors uxiliary Contact Block uxiliary Contact Blocks Switching, C & DC Loads C5-EF22 C5-EB, C5-EBDC C-I th at 40 C [] 6 6 at 60 C [] 2 2 C-5, switching electromagnetic loads at: [V] [] DC-3, switching DC electromagnets at: [V] [] Minimum Switching Capacity 0V, 5M Short-Circuit Protection - ggfuse Type 2 Coordination [] 0 6 Terminals Terminal Type Maximum Wire Size per IEC x 4 2 x 4 Flexible with Wire- Conductor [mm 2 ] End Fernule 2 Conductor [mm 2 ] Solid/Stranded- Conductor [mm 2 ] Conductor 2 Conductor [mm 2 ] Recommended Tightening Torque [Nm] Max. Wire Size per UL/CS [WG] Recommended Tightening Torque [lb-in] Degree of Protection IP2LX per IEC 529 and DIN Mechanical Latch C5-M5 C5-M6 C5-M7 Service Life Mechanical [Mil ops.] Dropout Delay Contactor Latch [ms] Trip Coil Consumption C [V] DC [W] OFF-command (min. impulse duration) [ms] Operation Voltage Minimum 0.5 U n 0.5 U n 0.5 U n Maximum. U n. U n. U n 70

171 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors uxiliary Contacts For C5-700 & C5-860 contactors Up to two auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted on each contactor. One four-pole auxiliary contact block (C5- EF22) is supplied standard and is installed on the contactor between T and T2. One additional auxiliary contact block can be installed between T2 and T3. Normal Setting (from factory) uxiliary NC Contacts NO Setting range Main Contacts (open) C5 Contactors Each C5-EF22 contains 2 NO and 2 NC adjustable auxiliary contacts. Standard terminal markings are shown below on the left. If an additional contact block is required, different terminal markings (right) are supplied and may be applied by the user. Delayed NO Contact uxiliary NC Contacts NO djusting screw after four turns to the right Main Contacts (open) djustable uxiliary Contacts The instant at which the NO contact closes, in relation to the main contacts, can be adjusted from the front of the C5-EF22 auxiliary contact block by means of an llen wrench. The following diagrams show the adjustments for Normal, Delayed and Overlapping auxiliary contacts. Overlapping NO and NC Contacts uxiliary Contacts Main Contacts (open) NC NO djusting screw after four turns to the left For C5-000 and C5-200 contactors Up to four nonadjustable auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted on each contactor. One C5-EB two pole aux contact and one C5-EBDC two pole aux contact come standard. The C5-EBDC has NC contact (available) and NO Delayed Make (unavailable) which is used for the operation of the coil feeder group. C5-EB NO/NC C5-EBDC NO Delayed Make/ NC 7

172 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors Life Load Curves Life-Load Curves C5 Contactors C- C-3 Instructions on How to read Life Curves can be found on page 8 NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 72

173 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors Life Load Curves Life-Load Curves Inching and plugging of squirrel-cage induction motors during starting; Ue= VC C-4 0 C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 C-4 C5 Contactors Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Rated operational current Ie C-4 [] NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 73

174 DISCONTINUED Technical Information C5 Contactors Life Load Curves C5 Contactors Life-Load Curves C-3 (90%), C-4 (0%) 0 Mixed operation with squirrel-cage induction motors C-3-90% starting and stopping of running motors; Ue= VC C-4-0% starting with inching and plugging; Ue= VC C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 C-3 90% C-4 0% Contact Life (Millions of Operations) Contact Life for Mixed Utilization Categories C-3 and C-4 In many applications, the utilization category cannot be defined as either purely C-3 or C-4. In those applications, the electrical life of the contactor can be estimated with the following equation: L mixed = L ac3 / [+P ac4 x (L ac3 /L ac4 -)], where: Rated operational current Ie C-3, C-4 [] L mixed L ac3 L ac4 P ac4 pproximate contact life in operations for a mixed C-3/C-4 utilization category application. pproximate contact life in operations for a pure C-3 utilization category (from the C-3 life-load curve). pproximate contact life in operations for a pure C-4 utilization category (from the C-4 life-load curve). Percentage of C-4 operations NOTE: The life-load curves shown here are based on Sprecher+Schuh tests according to the requirements defined in IEC Since contact life in any given application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here. 74

175 Operating Rate Curves C Starting and stopping of running motors Starting time t = 0.25 s Relative time energized 40% C5-550 C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C5-200 DISCONTINUED C-3 Technical Information C5 Contactors Operating Rates C5 Contactors 400 Permissible switching frequency (starts per hour) Rated motor current Ie C-3 [] 75

176 C5 Contactors DISCONTINUED Series C5 & Series CU5 (Contactors & Reversing Contactors) Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes. e2 c e øe øf ø d Dimensions C5 Contactors e3 d b b e3 d2 a c Type a b b c c ød d d2 øe øf e e2 e3 C (8-2/32) (0-5/32) (8-3/32) (8-7/8) (6-7/6) (3/8) (8-2/32) (4-5/8) (7/32) (-9/32) (3-/8) C5-700 C5-860 C5-000 C (-/32) 280 (-/32) 334 (3-5/32) 334 (3-5/32) 307 (2-3/32) 36 (4-7/32) 490 (9-9/32) 490 (9-9/32) 277 (0-29/32) 325 (2-25/32) 434 (7-/6) 434 (7-/6) 29 (-5/32) 29 (-5/32) 345 (3-9/6) 345 (3-9/6) 203 (8) 203 (8) 23 (9/32) 23 (9/32) (7/6) (7/6) 3 (25/64) 3 (25/64) 280 (-/32) 280 (-/32) 380 (4-3/32) 380 (4-3/32) 75 (6-7/8) 75 (6-7/8) 20 (4-23/32) 20 (4-23/32) 3 (7/32) 5 (9/32) 3 (25/64) 3 (25/64) - (7/6) 3 (25/64) 3 (25/64) 50 (-3/32) 50 (-3/32) 60 (2-3/8) 60 (2-3/8) 0 (4) 0 (4) 00 (3-3/32) 00 (3-3/32) - 32 (-7/64) 40 (-9//6) 40 (-9//6) Reversing Contactors & ccessories Contactor with... Dimension [mm] Dimension [inches] - auxiliary contact block a a - reversing contactors with mechanical interlock next to each other C /C a+42+a a+-23/32+a C 5-700, -860/ C 5-700, -860 a+32+a a+-/4+a C 5-000, -200/ C 5-000, -200 a+46+a a+-3/6+a C 5-550/C, 5-700, -860 a+37+a a+-5/32+a C 5-700, -860/ C 5-000, -200 a+73+a a+2-7/8+a above each other C /C b+56+b b+2-3/6+b C 5-700, -860/ C 5-700, -860 b b b+3-5/ /8+b C 5-000, -200/ C 5-000, -200 b b b+9-/6...-/32+b C 5-550/C, 5-700, -860 b b b+3-5/ /8+b C 5-700, -860/ C 5-000, -200 b b b+9-/6...-/32+b four main contacts C /C 5-700, -860 a+68 a+2-/6 C 5-000, -200 a+76 a+3 latch C b+47 b+-7/8 C b+64 b+2-7/32 C b+37 b+-5/32 C 5-000, -200 a+30 a+-3/6 Mounting Position 76

177 DISCONTINUED Dimensions C5 Contactors Notes C5 Contactors 77

178 CDP2 Contactors Series CDP2 Definite Purpose Contactors High performance economical contactors for commercial applications up to 90 Sprecher + Schuh s Definite Purpose contactors are ideal for commercial applications including air conditioning, refrigeration, resistive heating and many other installations where a low cost, high performance contactor is needed. These devices offer flexibility and are designed to meet or exceed electrical and mechanical requirements as defined by definite purpose contactor standards. Popular sizes for most applications The CDP2 series consists of one, two, three and four pole contactors rated to 600V C. Three pole devices range up to 90, while the one and two pole models are rated to 40. Four pole contactors are also available ranging from 25 to 40. Flexibility and convenience make installation easy Standard Features Universal mounting plate 25 & 30 have screw power terminals that will accept ring-tongue terminals 40 and larger have box power terminals Dual quick-connect power terminals on all sizes Dual quick-connect coil terminals on all sizes Double break power contact design with feed-thru wiring Class B (30 C) coil insulation Double E magnet assembly Optional Features SPDT auxiliary contacts optional on 3- and 4-pole contactors (max of two) Optional covers for - and 2-pole contactors Mechanical interlock for 3-pole contactors CDP2 contactors are compact in size and offer three convenient methods of wire connection: quick connect terminals, screws or box lugs. Box lugs are standard on 40 and larger contactors. Other models come standard with combination quick connect terminals and screws that accept hex, slotted or phillips screwdrivers. One Pole Two Pole Two Pole Three Pole Four Pole

179 Compare These Features Built-in Shock bsorber Reduces contact bounce for longer life. Coil Dust Cover Keeps dust and dirt away from magnet and coil area. Coil Class B (300 C Insulation System) with wide range of voltages and 50/60 Hz ratings. Includes shading coil that reduces contact chatter. Snap-on uxiliary Contact (optional on 3 and 4 pole contactors) One or two SPDT (shown) available. lso NO and NC with 600V C rating. Industry Standard Mounting Plate Easily accessible mounting holes. Coil Terminals #6-32 screw and one.250 Quick Connect or Dual.250 Quick Connects (will accept two insulated quick connect terminals). Double E Magnet ssembly Provides optimal performance with reduced power consumption Stationary Terminal One piece terminal design with integral dual.250 Quick Connects. Meets NEM standard for spacing without insulated terminals. CDP2 Contactors Base ssembly High arc resistant polyester holds stationary terminals, positions actuator and magnet/coil assembly. Movable Contacts Heavy duty silver cadmium oxide composition to resist welding and contact erosion for greater reliability ctuator Molded from high arc resistant polyester, holds upper magnet, movable contacts and contact springs position. Quick Selection Guide One and Two Pole Definite Purpose Contactors with C Coil - See page 52 CDP2 ➊ P Type Frame Size Poles mp Rating Coil Voltage Definite = 30 & 40 P = pole 30 = 30 amps 24 = 24 volts Purpose 2P = 2 pole 40 = 40 amps 20 = 20 volts 220W = volts 277 = 277 volts Three Pole Definite Purpose Contactors with C Coil- See page 53 CDP2 ➊➋ B 3P Type Frame Size Poles mp Rating Coil Voltage Definite B = 30 & 40 3P = 3 poles 30 = 30 amps 24 = 24 volts Purpose C = 50 & = 40 amps 20 = 20 volts D = 75 & = 50 amps 220W = volts 60 = 60 amps 277 = 277 volts 75 = 75 amps 480 = 480 volts 90 = 90 amps Four Pole Definite Purpose Contactors with C Coil - See page 54 CDP2 ➊➋ E 4P Type Frame Size Poles mp Rating Coil Voltage Definite E = P = 4 poles 25 = 25 amps 24 = 24 volts Purpose 30 = 30 amps 20 = 20 volts 40 = 40 amps 220W = volts 277 = 277 volts 480 = 480 volts ➊ Screw power terminals standard on 30. Box lug power terminals standard for 40 and larger. ➋ Box lugs on 30 available with volume special order only. 79

180 Definite Purpose Contactors & 2 Pole - Series CDP2 CDP2 Contactors One and Two Pole Definite Purpose Contactors with C Coil (Open type only) ➍ Full Load mps Poles Maximum H.P. Locked Rotor mps Resistive mps ➋ Ø 240V ➋ 480V 600V 20V 240V ➋ Catalog Number Price Each 30 ➊ ➏ CDP2-P30- ➎ Std. Pkg. 30 ➊ CDP2-2P30- ➎ Series CDP2 -pole contactor 40 ➏ CDP2-P40- ➌ CDP2-2P40- ➌ Series CDP2 2-pole contactor (with optional cover) ccessories ccessory Description For use with... Catalog Number Price Contactor Cover- Prevents foreign particles from entering contactor. Covers current carrying parts. CDP2-P30... CDP2-2P30... CDP2-P-C ➐ CDP2-2P-C C Coil Codes C Coil Code Ordering Instructions 80 Voltage Range 60 Hz 24 24V 20 20V 220W V V Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ 25 contactors only available by special order. Contact your Sprecher +Schuh representative. ➋ 240V rating also applies to 277V applications. ➌ Box Power Lugs are supplied as standard. Screw terminals are available on the power connections by special order only in quantity. ➍ and 2 Pole, 25 and 30 contactors supplied without cover. See ccessories for cover options. ➎ Screw Power Terminals are supplied standard on 25 and 30 contactors. Box Lugs available by special order only in quantity. ➏ -Pole (-pole plus) contactors include a shunt for termination and feed-thru of neutral. ➐ 40 mp contactors are supplied with cover as standard. Discount Schedule B8

181 Three Pole Definite Purpose Contactors with C Coil (Open Type only) Full Load mps Locked Rotor mps Resistive mps ➋ Maximum Horsepower ➋ Ø 3Ø 240V ➋ 480V 600V 20V V 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Definite Purpose Contactors Price Each 30 ➊ ~ CDP2-B3P30- ➍ Std. Pkg. 3 Pole Series CDP2 CDP2 Contactors ~ 7-/ CDP2-B3P40- ➌ / CDP2-C3P Series CDP2 3-pole contactor / CDP2-C3P CDP2-D3P / CDP2-D3P uxiliary Contacts for 3 Pole Contactors uxiliary Description Circuit Diagram Catalog Number Price Two pole uxiliary Contact Block (-NO / -NC) - Side mount with quick connect stabs for , 3 pole contactors NC CDP2-BE- ➏ for , 3 pole contactors CDP2-CD- ➎ NO One pole uxiliary Contact Block (SPDT) - Side mount with quick connect stabs for , 3 or 4 pole contactors COM NC CDP2-BE-SPDT ➎ NO C Coil Codes C Coil Code Voltage Range 60 Hz 24 24V 20 20V 220W V V V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ 25 contactors available by special order. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. ➋ 240V rating also applies to 277V applications. ➌ Box lugs are supplied as standard. Screw terminals are available on the power connections by special order only in quantity. ➍ Screw power terminals are supplied standard on 25 and 30 contactors. Box Lugs available by special order only in quantity. ➎ Meets NEM Standard B600. See page 7 for technical details. ➏ Meets NEM Standard B600 EXCEPT has 0 continuous current rating. Discount Schedule B8 8

182 CDP2 Contactors Four Pole Definite Purpose Contactors With C Coil (Open Type only) Full Load mps Locked Rotor mps 240V ➋ 480V 600V Resistive mps ➋ Maximum Horsepower ➋ Ø 3Ø 20V 240V 200V 240V 480V Catalog Number Price Each 30 ➊ CDP2-E4P30-Q ➍ 8 20 Std. Pkg. Definite Purpose Contactors 4 Pole Series - CDP / CDP2-E4P40-Q ➌ Series CDP2 4-pole contactor uxiliary Contacts for 4 Pole Contactors uxiliary Description Circuit Diagram Catalog Number Price Two pole uxiliary Contact Block (-NO / -NC) - Side mount with quick connect stabs for all 4 pole contactors NC NO CDP2-BE One pole uxiliary Contact Block (SPDT) - Side mount with quick connect stabs for all 4 pole contactors COM NC NO CDP2-BE-SPDT 9.50.C. Coil Codes C Coil Code Voltage Range 60 Hz 24 24V 20 20V 220W V V V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page ➊ 25 contactors available by special order. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. ➋ 240V rating also apples to 277V applications. ➌ Box Power Lugs are supplied as standard. Screw terminals are available on the power connections by special order only in quantity. ➍ Screw per terminals are supplied standard on 25 and 30 contactors. Box Lugs available by special order only in quantity. 82 Discount Schedule B8

183 Definite Purpose Contactors Lighting Rated Contactors - Series CDP2 Definite Purpose Lighting Contactors with C Coil (Open Type only) Tungsten Rating (mps) Ballast Rating (mps) Number of Poles Standard uxiliary Contacts NO Open Type Electrically Held Catalog Number Price CDP2-P NC Series CDP2 -pole contactor CDP2 Contactors CDP2-P CDP2-2P CDP2-2P CDP2-B3P CDP2-B3P CDP2-E4P CDP2-E4P40-37 Series CDP2 3-pole contactor Description Sprecher + Schuh Definite Purpose contactors can be used to control a mixture of lighting loads. These contactors are well suited to handle the high inrush currents typical of this application as well as other non-motor (resistive) loads. Lamps can basically be divided into three categories: Tungsten Filament Lamps - General purpose incandescent - Special purpose incandescent - Infrared - Sodium Iodine Discharge Lamps (with Ballast) - Fluorescent lamps - Mercury vapor - High/low pressure sodium - Quartz - Halogen metal-vapor Mixed Light Lamps In pplication... The tungsten filaments of incandescent lamps have a very low ohmic resistance when cold. s a result, the closing current is very high but also very short. The closing current of discharge lamps (lighting with ballast) is highly inductive (due to seriesconnected transformers or chokes), and its duration depends on the lamp type. Electrically held contactors Electrically held contactors are available for use where the control signal is activated by a timer or other maintained electrical signal. The coil is energized as long as the contactor is closed. This design is well suited for applications where lights are operated frequently or where the control panel is in a remote location. C Coil Codes C Coil Code Voltage Range 60 Hz 24 24V 20 20V 220W V V V Ordering Instructions Specify Catalog Number Replace ( ) with Coil Code See Coil Codes on this page Discount Schedule B8 83

184 ccessories/technical Information Series CDP2 Definite Purpose Contactors CDP2 Contactors ccessories uxiliary Description For use with... Catalog Number Price DIN-rail daptor - ttaches to the universal mounting plate of -, 2-, 3- and 4-pole contactors mps. CDP2-P B3P CDP2-E4P CDP2-DR 2.30 Mechanical Interlock - Can be combined with electrical interlocks on 3-pole and 4-pole contactors as required. CDP2-B3P CDP2-E4P CDP2-MK Discount Schedule B8

General + Definite Purpose Contactors

General + Definite Purpose Contactors General + Definite Purpose General Information... 2 Horse Power Rating Charts... 4 Contact Life... 8 Contactor Number Structure... Series C8 Miniature and Starters... 3 ccessories... 2 Contactor Cross

More information

Technical Information

Technical Information Miniature Technical Information -09-12 Rated Insulation Voltage U i to IEC947-1 [V] 690V UL/CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage Withstand U imp [kv] 6 Rated Voltage Ue-Main Contacts C 50/60Hz [V] 230, 240,

More information

Technical Information

Technical Information C5 C5- C5- C5- C5- C5-550 ➊ 700 860 1000 1200 Rated Insulation Voltage U i to IEC 947-1 [V] 1000V 1000V 1000V 690V 690V UL/CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage U imp C5-550 / 700 / 860 [kv] 3.5 C5-1000 /

More information

A Contactors. Technical Information. CA4 Miniature Contactors. Technical Information A94 CA4. Switching Motor Loads.

A Contactors. Technical Information. CA4 Miniature Contactors. Technical Information A94 CA4. Switching Motor Loads. C4 Miniature Contactors Contactors C4 Rated Insulation Voltage U i to IEC 947-1 [V] 500V UL/CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage U imp [kv] 8 Rated Voltage U e Main Contacts C 50/60Hz [V] 230, 240, 400, 415,

More information

Technical Information

Technical Information Contactors Contactors 95(-EI) 110(-EI) 140(-EI) 180(-EI) 210-EI 250-EI 300-EI 420-EI 630-EI 860-EI Rated Insulation Voltage U i IEC, S, BS, SEV, VDE 0660 [V] 1000V UL; CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage

More information

The contactor for large horsepower applications

The contactor for large horsepower applications Series The complete contactor for heavy industrial applications from 500HP to 900HP R Series contactors provide large horsepower performance with a design that is up to 40% smaller than traditional contactors

More information

Series CA5 Contactors

Series CA5 Contactors Series C5 Contactors The contactor for heavy industrial applications from 500HP to 900HP DISCONTINUED This series is being replaced by the C9 Series of contactors C5 Series contactors provide large horsepower

More information

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Data C7-9 Rated Insulation Voltage U i IEC, S,BS,SEV, VDE 0660 [V] 690V UL; CS [V] 600V Rated Impulse Voltage U imp [kv] 8kV Rated Voltage U e -Main Contacts C7 3-Pole Contactors C7-2 C7-6 C7-23

More information

and Refrigeration Institute). CNX Special Purpose Contactors

and Refrigeration Institute). CNX Special Purpose Contactors Series C7 Special Use Contactors Contactors designed and labeled for specific industrial applications Special Use Contactors Hydraulic elevator duty contactors HVC rated contactors Lighting contactors

More information

Series CA6 Contactors

Series CA6 Contactors Series C6 Contactors classic contactor for demanding applications from 75 to 600HP (@460V) - 100 to 700HP (@ 575V) This series is being replaced by the C9 Series of contactors Sprecher + Schuh s C6 contactor

More information

MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE. Technical brochure. Minicontactors CI 5-

MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE. Technical brochure. Minicontactors CI 5- MKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE Technical brochure Minicontactors CI 5- www.danfoss.com 2 IC.PD.C10.F3.02-520B4167 Danfoss /S, C-SMC, mr, 07-2010 Contents Page Minicontactor CI 5- Introduction...............................................................................4

More information

AF series contactors (9 2650)

AF series contactors (9 2650) R E32527 R E39322 contactors General purpose and motor applications AF series contactors (9 2650) 3- & 4-pole contactors General purpose up to 2700 A Motor applications up to 50 hp, 900 kw NEMA Sizes 00

More information

AF series contactors (9 2650)

AF series contactors (9 2650) R E32527 R E39322 contactors General purpose and motor applications AF series contactors (9 2650) 3- & 4-pole contactors General purpose up to 2700 A Motor applications up to 50 hp, 900 kw NEMA Sizes 00

More information

Contactor Types CI 61-98

Contactor Types CI 61-98 MKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE Data sheet Contactor s CI 6-98 Contactors CI 6, CI 73, CI 86 and CI 98 switch powers of up to 30 kw, 37 kw, 45 kw and 55 kw respectively under 3 380 V C-3 loads. ccessories

More information

Approved Standards. Motor Contactor. Main contactor. Accessoires. 21 Motor Contactor J7KN

Approved Standards. Motor Contactor. Main contactor. Accessoires. 21 Motor Contactor J7KN Motor Contactor Main contactor AC & DC operated Integrated auxiliary contacts Screw fixing and snap fitting (35 mm DIN rail) up to 45 kw Range from 4 to 110 kw (AC 3, 380/415V) Finger proof ( VBG 4) Accessoires

More information

Model Number Legend. Motor Contactor J7KN. Motor Contactor J7KN 1

Model Number Legend. Motor Contactor J7KN. Motor Contactor J7KN 1 Motor Contactor J7KN Range from 4 to 500 kw (AC 3, 380/415 V) AC and DC operated Integrated auxiliary contacts; integrated aux. contact of J7KN contactors up to 11kW suitable for electronic circuits Screw

More information

Mini Contactors CI 4-

Mini Contactors CI 4- Data sheet Mini Contactors CI 4- Introduction CI 4 minicontactors cover the power range 1.5 to 5.9 kw and are available for a.c. and d.c. coil voltages. Characteristic of the minicontactors is that they

More information

AF09... AF30 3-pole Contactors up to 20 HP / 480 VAC

AF09... AF30 3-pole Contactors up to 20 HP / 480 VAC AF0... AF0 -pole Contactors up to 20 HP / 480 VAC Contactors and Overload Relays Overview...2 AF0... AF0 -pole Contactors Ordering Details...4 Main Technical Data...20 DC Circuit switching...2 Main Accessory

More information

Series L9 UL489 Miniature Circuit Breakers

Series L9 UL489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Series L9 UL489 iniature Circuit Breakers Industrial Circuit Breakers for Branch Circuit Protection up to 63 Amps L9 Series B Circuit Breakers Series B L9 UL489 circuit breakers offer new features, expanded

More information

System pro M compact Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200 M for branch circuit protection acc. to UL 489

System pro M compact Miniature Circuit Breaker SU200 M for branch circuit protection acc. to UL 489 Data Sheet System pro M compact for branch circuit protection acc. to UL 489 2CDC021004S0014 2CDC021046S0014 The miniature circuit breaker SU200 M is BB s solution for UL 489 branch circuit protection

More information

Page 2-4 Page 2-8. Page Page 2-12

Page 2-4 Page 2-8. Page Page 2-12 Page -4 Page -8 THREE-POLE CONTCTORS IEC Ith ratings in C1 duty at 40 C: 16 to 1600 IEC Ie ratings in C3 440V duty: 6 to 630 IEC Power ratings in C3 400V duty:. to 335kW UL/CS ratings: 3 to 500HP at 480V

More information

AF09... AF30 3-pole Contactors up to 25 HP / 600 VAC

AF09... AF30 3-pole Contactors up to 25 HP / 600 VAC AF09... AF0 -pole Contactors up to 25 HP / 600 VAC Contactors and Overload Relays Overview.../0 AF09... AF0 -pole Contactors.../2 Main Technical Data.../8 Main Accessory Fitting Details.../2 Main Accessory.../24

More information

CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Contactors CI 6-50

CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Contactors CI 6-50 Data sheet CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Contactors CI 6-50 Description Danfoss contactors CI 6-50 cover the power range 2.2-25 kw. CI 6 is built up as a combined contactor/control relay. CI 9

More information

CI-TI Contactors and motor starters Types CI 61 - CI 98

CI-TI Contactors and motor starters Types CI 61 - CI 98 Data sheet CI-TI Contactors and motor starters s CI 6 - CI 98 Contactors CI 6, CI 7, CI 86 and CI 98 switch powers of up to 0 kw, 7 kw, 45 kw and 55 kw respectively under 80 V - loads. Accessories include

More information

AF09... AF38 4-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals

AF09... AF38 4-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals AF09... AF38 4-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals 25 to 55 A culus CE Application AF09... AF38 4-pole contactors are used for controlling power circuits up to 600 V AC and 240 V DC.

More information

RSC09 RSC16 RSC22 RSC38 RSC43 RSC63 RSC-AUX

RSC09 RSC16 RSC22 RSC38 RSC43 RSC63 RSC-AUX IEC-Contactor RSC 1 Features Rated operational current 9 63 (C-3) Coil voltages C 24, 230V 3 main contacts and auxiliary contact Extendable with auxiliary contact block Mounting position any 2 Description

More information

Switches Unlimited Phone: * Fax:

Switches Unlimited Phone: * Fax: For Info: sales@switchesunlimited.com www.switchesunlimited.com Phone: 800-1-0487 Fax: 718-67-6370 Page -4 Page -8 THREE-POLE CONTACTORS IEC Ith ratings in AC1 duty at 40 C: 16 to 1600A IEC Ie ratings

More information

Bulletin 100-D IEC Contactors

Bulletin 100-D IEC Contactors Bulletin 100-D IEC Contactors Electronic and conventional coils AC & DC Integrated PLC interface Low power pick-up & hold-in Wide voltage ranges Complete range of accessories Environmentally friendly Compact

More information

All round protection guaranteed

All round protection guaranteed s With SLR ll round protection guaranteed Betagard MCB 5SL Inspiring Safety nswers for infrastructure. Overview s a culture Siemens has always endeavoured to introduce innovative products worldwide. The

More information

DATASHEET - DILMC9-10(24VDC) Technical data General. Contactor, 3p+1N/O, 4kW/400V/AC3. Catalog No Eaton Catalog No. XTCEC009B10TD.

DATASHEET - DILMC9-10(24VDC) Technical data General. Contactor, 3p+1N/O, 4kW/400V/AC3. Catalog No Eaton Catalog No. XTCEC009B10TD. DATASHEET - DILMC9-10(24VDC) Technical data General Contactor, 3p+1N/O, 4kW/400V/AC3 Part no. DILMC9-10(24VDC) Catalog No. 277468 Eaton Catalog No. XTCEC009B10TD EL-Nummer 4110305 (Norway) Standards IEC/EN

More information

3RT14 Contactors with 3 Main Contacts

3RT14 Contactors with 3 Main Contacts 3RT14 Contactors with 3 Main Contacts for Switching Resistive Loads Contactor Size 3RT14 46 Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million Electrical endurance Oper. 0.5 million C-1 utilization category at I e

More information

Approved Standards. Ordering Information. Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole J7KNA-AR. Model Number Legend. Main contactor. Accessories

Approved Standards. Ordering Information. Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole J7KNA-AR. Model Number Legend. Main contactor. Accessories Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole J7KN-R ) Main contactor C & DC operated 4-, 6- and 8-pole versions in different configurations Positively guided contacts Screw fixing and snap fitting (35 mm DIN rail) Rated

More information

Page 2-4 Page 2-8. Page Page 2-13

Page 2-4 Page 2-8. Page Page 2-13 Page -4 Page -8 THREE-POLE CONTACTORS IEC Ith ratings in AC1 duty at 40 C: 16 to 1600A IEC Ie ratings in AC3 440V duty: 6 to 630A IEC Power ratings in AC3 400V duty:. to 335kW UL/CSA ratings: 3 to 500HP

More information

Manual Motor Protectors

Manual Motor Protectors 88 Manual Motor Protectors 51 30 UP TO IMM16 Frame IMM32 Frame IMM65 Frame E468295 E468295 High interrupt capacity up to 100k (with optional current limiter) Din rail mounting Lockable handle (OFF position)

More information

A200 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200

A200 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Starters Non-reversing and Reversing 11 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 11. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions NEM of Poles Fig. Mounting Dimensions in Inches (mm) Screws

More information

Short form catalogue. Motor protection & control

Short form catalogue. Motor protection & control Short form catalogue Star Series Motor protection & control Motor Protection and Control up to 25 HP / 600 VAC Overview...2 Contactors and Overload Relays...11 4-pole Contactors...41 Control Relays...59

More information

Series L9 UL-489 Miniature Circuit Breakers

Series L9 UL-489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Series UL-489 iniature Breakers Industrial Breakers for Branch up to 40 Amps Sprecher+Schuh includes a line of circuit breakers approved for branch circuit applications in the United States and Canada

More information

CI-TI Contactors and Motor Starters Type CI 6-50

CI-TI Contactors and Motor Starters Type CI 6-50 Data sheet CI-TI Contactors and Motor Starters CI 6-50 CI-TI contactors and motor starters provide trouble-free switching and maximum protection for costly motors and other electrical equipment. The components

More information

Add-on blocks and accessories For BG series mini-contactors For BF series contactors For B series contactors...

Add-on blocks and accessories For BG series mini-contactors For BF series contactors For B series contactors... Three-pole versions up to 630A in IEC AC3 duty Four-pole versions up to 1600A in IEC AC1 duty Versions for power factor correction up to 100kvar at 400VAC Four-pole versions with NO+NC or 4NC main poles

More information

Description. Positive safety relays

Description. Positive safety relays Type N & KC Positive safety Description A.C. or D.C. operated DIN rail or panel mounting 600 volt heavy duty design, A600-10 amp, Q300-5 amp Snap-on accessories available: 1 & 4 pole adder deck Pneumatic

More information

Selection Guide Motor Control Device Solutions

Selection Guide Motor Control Device Solutions Selection Guide Motor Control Device Solutions Expect more and get it from c3controls. Our portfolio of Motor Control Devices consists of worldclass products designed and manufactured to meet your requirements

More information

Micro Contactor MA Series

Micro Contactor MA Series Relay-sized contactor, making it the world s smallest >3mm contact clearance acc. to IEC 60335-1 for Safety Applications Reversing contactor with mechanical interlock 3 Pole and 1 Aux. Contact NO or NC

More information

BETA Switching Switches and Light Indicators

BETA Switching Switches and Light Indicators Siemens AG 2008 BETA Switching /2 Product overview /3 5TE8 control switches / 5TE4 pushbuttons /2 5TE5 light indicators /5 5TE8 ON/OFF switches /22 5TE9 busbars /24 5TE switch disconnectors Siemens ET

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Description Page Description Page. SETI Finland. Approvals:

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Description Page Description Page. SETI Finland. Approvals: 3 ulletin 100 IEC Contactors ulletin 100 15 Sizes, 9 600 Guarded Terminals Dual Terminal Markings DC Control Option through 180 Wide Range of ccessories Top and Side Mounting uxiliary Contacts Timers Latches

More information

1489-M Circuit Breakers

1489-M Circuit Breakers Dual terminals provide wiring/bus bar flexibility and clamp from both sides to improve connection reliability Terminal design helps prevent wiring misses Scratch- and solventresistant printing Suitable

More information

Approved Standards. Ordering Information. Mini Motor Contactor J7KNA. Model Number Legend. Main contactor. Accessories. Mini Motor Contactor J7KNA 1

Approved Standards. Ordering Information. Mini Motor Contactor J7KNA. Model Number Legend. Main contactor. Accessories. Mini Motor Contactor J7KNA 1 Mini Motor Contactor J7KNA ) Main contactor AC & DC operated Integrated auxiliary contacts Screw fixing and snap fitting (35 mm DIN-rail) Range from 4 to 5.5 (AC 3, 380/415V) 4 -main pole version (4 AC

More information

4 - Miniature controls

4 - Miniature controls Index -....1.22 Selection Contactors for connection to PLCs, B6S & B7S, 3 phase...6 Contactors, Interface, B6 & B7, 3 phase...5 Contactors, features...1 Contactors, mechanically interlocked, B6 & B7, 3

More information

KT4 Manual Motor Starter

KT4 Manual Motor Starter KT4 Manual Motor Starter Ideal for use as a manual starter The KT4 is a manual motor starter that employs the features of power switching, thermal overload protection and control circuit signaling in one

More information

xxx.1xx xxx.4xx0. AgNi contacts, specifically intended for resistive and slightly inductive loads as well as for motor loads

xxx.1xx xxx.4xx0. AgNi contacts, specifically intended for resistive and slightly inductive loads as well as for motor loads 22 Series - Modular contactors 25-40 - 63 22 SERIES Features 22.32.0.xxx.1xx0 22.32.0.xxx.4xx0 25 modular contactor - 2 pole 17.5 mm wide NO contact gap 3 mm, double break Continuous duty for the coil

More information

Manual motor starter MS116

Manual motor starter MS116 Data sheet Manual motor starter MS116 Manual motor starters are electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit. They are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them fuse less

More information

Approbationen IEC/EN ; UL 508; CSA-C22.2 No ; CE marking

Approbationen IEC/EN ; UL 508; CSA-C22.2 No ; CE marking Contactor,4kW/400V,DCoperated Partno. DILEM-10-G(24VDC) Articleno. 010213 Program Product range Contactors Subrange DILEM contactors Application Mini Contactors for Motors and Resistive Loads Description

More information

AF40... AF96 3-pole contactors Technical data

AF40... AF96 3-pole contactors Technical data Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to IEC Standards IEC 60947- / 60947-4- and EN 60947- / 60947-4- Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz Conventional

More information

Ideal for use as a manual starter

Ideal for use as a manual starter Manual Motor Starter Ideal for use as a manual starter The is a manual motor starter that employs the features of power switching, thermal overload protection and control circuit signaling in one compact

More information

AF40... AF96 3-pole contactors 30 to 60 hp at 480 V AC AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts

AF40... AF96 3-pole contactors 30 to 60 hp at 480 V AC AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts AF4... AF96 -pole contactors to 6 hp at 48 V AC AC / DC operated with N.O. N.C. auxiliary contacts Description AF4... AF96 contactors are mainly used for controlling -phase motors and power circuits up

More information

FMotor Circuit Controllers

FMotor Circuit Controllers Technical Information Motor Circuit Controller IEC Performance Data Catalog Number KTA7-25S...32S 0.16A 0.25A 0.4A 0.63A 1A 1.6A 2.5A 4A 6.3A 10A 16A 20A 25A 29A 32A Rated Operational Current, I e [A]

More information

Electrical sector solutions E Line family. Industry leading design in a compact package

Electrical sector solutions E Line family. Industry leading design in a compact package Electrical sector solutions E Line family Industry leading design in a compact package The power of fusion. 87 88 89 899 90 908 9 9 9 9 97 97 977 98 98 989 999 There s a certain energy at Eaton. It s the

More information

Star Series Motor protection & control

Star Series Motor protection & control Contact us ABB Inc. Low Voltage Control Products 16250 W. Glendale Drive New Berlin, WI 53151 Phone: 888-385-1221 Fax: 800-726-41 USA Technical support & Customer Service: 888-385-1221, Option 4 7:30AM

More information

Rotary Cam Switches. Rotary Cam Switches

Rotary Cam Switches. Rotary Cam Switches Rotary Cam es Series... 2 Handle Assemblies... 8 Accessories... 12 Circuit Diagrams, Technical Information & Dimensions (Online)... 13 Series R-Line Rotary Cam es... 24 Handles and Accessories... 27 Circuit

More information

Contactors. 1.1 E Line contactors. 1.2 xstart series contactors. 1.3 xstart C series contactors. 1.4 D Line contactors.

Contactors. 1.1 E Line contactors. 1.2 xstart series contactors. 1.3 xstart C series contactors. 1.4 D Line contactors. Contactors E Line contactors. E Line contactors. xstart series contactors.3 xstart C series contactors.4 D Line contactors xstart series contactors xstart C series contactors D Line contactors X UTOMTION

More information

Page. Circuit-Breakers M4 2 for motor protection. Auxiliary contacts 3 Signalling switch Auxiliary releases

Page. Circuit-Breakers M4 2 for motor protection. Auxiliary contacts 3 Signalling switch Auxiliary releases Circuit Breakers M4 Page Circuit-Breakers M4 2 for motor protection Auxiliary contacts 3 Signalling switch Auxiliary releases Insulated 3-pole busbar system 4 Terminal block DIN-rail adapters 5 Busbar

More information

UL & CSA Technical data A/AE9 A/AE/AF110, AL9 AL40 AC & DC operated

UL & CSA Technical data A/AE9 A/AE/AF110, AL9 AL40 AC & DC operated 11Across the line UL & CSA Technical data A/AE9 A/AE/AF110, AL9 AL40 AC & DC operated contactor frame size A/AE/AL A/AE/AL A/AE/AL A/AE/AL A/AE/AL A/AE/AL A/AE/AF A/AE/AF A/AE/AF A/AE/AF A/AE/AF A/AE/AF

More information

Industrial Contactors CTX 3 3P 185A - 800A

Industrial Contactors CTX 3 3P 185A - 800A 87045 LIMOGES Cedex Telephone: +33 5 55 06 87 87 FAX: +33 5 55 06 88 88 Industrial Contactors CONTENTS PAGES 1. Description - Use... 1 2. Range... 1 3. Overall dimensions... 1 4. Installation - Connection...

More information

MS25, MST25, MS20, MST20

MS25, MST25, MS20, MST20 Versions: - MS25 with thermal and magnetic releases - MST25 with a thermal release - MS20 - with thermal and magnetic releases for single-phase consumers - MST20 with a thermal for single phase consumers

More information

Application Mini Contactors for Motors and Resistive Loads

Application Mini Contactors for Motors and Resistive Loads Delivery program Contactor, 4p, 4kW/400V/AC3 Part no. DILEM4-G(24VDC) Catalog No. 012701 Eaton Catalog No. XTMF9A00TD Product range Contactors Application Mini Contactors for Motors and Resistive Loads

More information

For many applications

For many applications Series 40 Amp Rugged and dependable 40 amp switches for industrial applications Sprecher + Schuh s rugged rotary cam switches are available for most control and load applications up to 40 amps. A well

More information

C -5 to +55 (0.8 to 1.1Uc) Permissible o

C -5 to +55 (0.8 to 1.1Uc) Permissible o T - Line Contactors 3 & 4 Pole Contactors with C operating coils General Characteristics Type Unit TC1-D09 ~ TC1-D95 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (Conforming to IEC 158-1) V 750 VDEO 110grC/IEC 60947-4

More information

Product Selection 3-Pole Contactors

Product Selection 3-Pole Contactors - Contactors and January 0 Vol., Ref. No. [06] Product Selection -Pole Contactors When Ordering Specify Select required contactor by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the

More information

Control Circuit Protection

Control Circuit Protection Contents 5SJ4 Branch Circuit Protectors 5SY4 Supplementary Protectors 5SY6 Supplementary Protectors 16/19 5SJ4 Page Selection and ordering data 1-pole up to 63A 16/4 1-pole, 2-pole, 16/5 3-pole, 240VAC

More information

Controls. CONTACTORS CWB Line (up to 40A)

Controls. CONTACTORS CWB Line (up to 40A) Controls CONTACTORS CWB Line (up to 40A) 0800 367 934 Contactors CWB Line (up to 40A) CONTACTORS CWB Line (up to 40A) Summary New WEG CWB Contactors 4 The Technology Within 6 Energy Savings 7 Easy Panel

More information

Other Devices. Installation Contactors Z-SCH. Connection diagrams Z-SCH NO 3 NO / 1 NC. Permitted Installation Positions

Other Devices. Installation Contactors Z-SCH. Connection diagrams Z-SCH NO 3 NO / 1 NC. Permitted Installation Positions Installation Contactors Z-SCH These switching devices have been designed and rated particularly for modular installation in modular distribution boxes for electrical installation or cabinets with device

More information

Contact us. ABB France Electrification Products Division Low Voltage Products and Systems 3, rue Jean Perrin F Chassieu cedex / France

Contact us. ABB France Electrification Products Division Low Voltage Products and Systems 3, rue Jean Perrin F Chassieu cedex / France Contact us ABB France Electrification Products Division Low Voltage Products and Systems 3, rue Jean Perrin F-69687 Chassieu cedex / France You can find the address of your local sales organisation on

More information

Technical Information

Technical Information -100 Controller IEC Performance Data (CSA C22.2, UL 508 No. 14 in connection with a short-circuit protection device Catalog No. -100... 25A 40A 63A 90A Maximum Short-Circuit Current 480V [ka] 65 65 42

More information

Manual Motor Starters. Meta-MEC

Manual Motor Starters. Meta-MEC Manual Motor Starters Meta-MEC Manual Motor Starters LS Meta-MEC Manual Motor Starters provide completed ranges up to 100A 45 mm 55 mm 32AF 2 2 45 mm 70 mm 63AF 100AF 3 3 Manual LS Meta-MEC Motor Starters

More information

AF / AF12Z pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals

AF / AF12Z pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals Technical Datasheet 1SBC101404D0201 24/03/11-30-10-.. / Z-30-10-.. 3-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals (Z) contactors are used for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC and 220

More information

Phone: Fax: Web: -

Phone: Fax: Web:  - HK1-11 HKF1-11 HK-11 HKS-20 uxiliary contacts Mounting uxiliary contacts position Pilot duty rating Instantaneous Lagging / leading / max. 116 132 5x 9x quantity ac dc NO NC NO NC 2 - - - HK1-20 Right

More information

Electrical sector solutions E Line family. Industry leading design in a compact package

Electrical sector solutions E Line family. Industry leading design in a compact package Electrical sector solutions E Line family Industry leading design in a compact package Energizing a world that demands more. We deliver: Electrical solutions that use less energy, improve power reliability

More information

ASL09..S 3-pole Contactors - Spring Terminals

ASL09..S 3-pole Contactors - Spring Terminals 4 kw 5 hp ASL09..S 3-pole Contactors - Spring DC Operated Description - 3-pole contactors with spring terminals, - N.C. or N.O. built-in auxiliary contact, - Low coil consumption, - Polarity on the coil

More information

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) 50/60Hz Alternating current (V)

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) 50/60Hz Alternating current (V) Series CK Three and four pole contactors 150 to 825 (C3) 200 to 1250 (C1) Control circuit: lternating current up to 690V Direct current up to 500V Degree of protection IP00 (IPxx with accessories) CK07...CK13:

More information

AE 9... AE 40 Contactors NE... Contactor Relays

AE 9... AE 40 Contactors NE... Contactor Relays Technical data AE 9... AE 0 Contactors NE... Contactor Relays AE 9... AE 0 Contactors NE.. Contactor Relays Contents AE 9... AE 0 Contactors Description... 2 Ordering Details... 3 Technical Data... Terminal

More information

Manual motor starter MS132

Manual motor starter MS132 Data sheet Manual motor starter MS132 Manual motor starters are electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit. They are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them fuse less

More information

Data sheet. CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Circuit Breakers CTI B1427

Data sheet. CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Circuit Breakers CTI B1427 Data sheet CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Circuit Breakers November 2002 DKACT.PD.C00.L2.02 520B1427 Introduction Circuit breakers/manual motor starters cover the power ranges 0.09-12.5 kw This

More information

Circuit-Breakers M4 166 for motor protection. Auxiliary contacts 167 Signalling switch Auxiliary releases

Circuit-Breakers M4 166 for motor protection. Auxiliary contacts 167 Signalling switch Auxiliary releases Index Page Circuit-Breakers M4 166 for motor protection Auxiliary contacts 167 Signalling switch Auxiliary releases Insulated 3-pole busbar system 168 Terminal block DIN-rail adapters 169 Busbar adapters

More information

MCS MINIATURE CONTACTORS SELECTION GUIDE THE MINIATURE MODULAR CONTROL SYSTEM SMALL IN DIMENSIONS - BIG IN PERFORMANCE

MCS MINIATURE CONTACTORS SELECTION GUIDE THE MINIATURE MODULAR CONTROL SYSTEM SMALL IN DIMENSIONS - BIG IN PERFORMANCE MCS MINIATURE CONTACTORS SELECTION GUIDE THE MINIATURE MODULAR CONTROL SYSTEM SMALL IN DIMENSIONS - BIG IN PERFORMANCE DOL-Starter Overload Protection PROTECTION FOR AC AND DC MOTORS The Bulletin 193-K

More information

SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices Switch Disconnectors

SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices Switch Disconnectors SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices Switch Disconnectors /2 Introduction 3K, 3KE, 3LD Switch Disconnectors 3K, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 /4 General data /8 Floor mounting 3LD Main and EMERGENCY-STOP

More information

Contactor Catalogue. According to CE, IEC 947, EN Pole & 4 Pole Contactors 4kW - 160kW Thermal Overload

Contactor Catalogue. According to CE, IEC 947, EN Pole & 4 Pole Contactors 4kW - 160kW Thermal Overload According to CE, IEC 947, EN 60947 Contactor Catalogue 3 Pole & 4 Pole Contactors 4kW - 160kW Thermal Overload Mini-Contactors 4kW - 5.5kW DC Contactors Mini-Relays 10A Motor Starter DOL, Star-Delta Capacitor

More information

Types of Motor Starters There are several types of motor starters. However, the two most basic types of these electrical devices are:

Types of Motor Starters There are several types of motor starters. However, the two most basic types of these electrical devices are: Introduction Motor starters are one of the major inventions for motor control applications. As the name suggests, a starter is an electrical device which controls the electrical power for starting a motor.

More information

Contactors. 1.1 E Line contactors Control relays XTRG... 1 Contactors XTCG... 4

Contactors. 1.1 E Line contactors Control relays XTRG... 1 Contactors XTCG... 4 Contactors E Line contactors xstart series contactors. E Line contactors Control relays XTRG....................................................... Contactors XTCG.........................................................

More information

Essential equipment for all your requirements

Essential equipment for all your requirements NEW CTX CONTACTORS Essential equipment for all your requirements 9 A TO 310 A THREE-POLE INDUSTRIAL CONTACTORS CTX three-pole industrial contactors, a sense of family The new range of CTX contactors provides

More information

Series CA7 Contactors

Series CA7 Contactors Series CA7 Contactors Rugged, space saving and modular Sprecher + Schuh s newest contactor for applications up to 75HP @ 46V Over years of design experience has produced Sprecher + Schuh s seventh generation

More information

SIRIUS. Answers for industry.

SIRIUS. Answers for industry. s SIRIUS Datasheet 01 nswers for industry. Introduction Contactors and Contactor ssemblies SIRIUS RW Soft Starter Protection Equipment Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet Monitoring

More information

Meta Solution. Contactors and Overload relays

Meta Solution. Contactors and Overload relays Meta Solution Contactors and Overload relays Meta Solution New generation of Contactors from LSIS Contactors and Overload Relays Metasol Contactors Designed to show superior technology: The Metasol series

More information

Contactor TECHNICAL INFORMATION - FRAME 1

Contactor TECHNICAL INFORMATION - FRAME 1 TECHNICL INFORMTION - FRME 1 CONTCTOR Type No. Nominal Current Rating at 415v 50Hz C3 - Ie Contact Configuration* Rated Insulation oltage Ui Maximum Operational oltage Overall Dimensions (WxHxD) mbient

More information

Series CA6 Contactors

Series CA6 Contactors Series CA6 Contactors The modern contactor for demanding applications from 75 to 600HP (@460V) - 00 to 700HP (@ 575V) Sprecher + Schuh s CA6 contactor line combines the simple function of our popular CA7

More information

ACS motor protection circuit breakers KT 7 Introduction

ACS motor protection circuit breakers KT 7 Introduction Introduction Automatic Type 2 coordination The right circuit breaker for all applications The KT 7 circuit breaker family consists of two basic frame sizes of mm and 5 mm in three variations with different

More information

MPW Series. MPW Catalog Number Sequence. Standard Features MPW U004

MPW Series. MPW Catalog Number Sequence. Standard Features MPW U004 Series The WEG Series Manual provide a very compact solution for operation and protection in motor control applications. The NEC requires four functions to be considered a combination motor starter:, ranch,

More information

MS General Information Extended Product Type: MS

MS General Information Extended Product Type: MS MS132-1.6 General Information Extended Product Type: MS132-1.6 Product ID: 1SAM350000R1006 EAN: 4013614400063 Catalog Description: MS132-1.6 Manual Motor Starter Long Description: The MS132-1.6 manual

More information

For Type 2, No Damage circuit protection in all the configurations you need. A Amp-Trap 2000 Fuses

For Type 2, No Damage circuit protection in all the configurations you need. A Amp-Trap 2000 Fuses mp-trap 2000 Fuses For Type 2, No Damage circuit protection in all the configurations you need. Your problem: You need maximum overcurrent protection to prevent costly damage to today s highly sensitive

More information

3. Coils shall be of molded construction

3. Coils shall be of molded construction .7-4 Motor Starters & Contactors Low Voltage Enclosures General Non-Combination Starters January 00 Sheet 8 0 7 8 9 4 Non-Combination Starters Maximum hp, Volts Typical Non-Combination Starter Application

More information

Contactors. CL1115/02, CL1215/02, CL1315/02 1, 2 and 3 pole AC and DC NO contactors for voltages up to 1,500 V Catalogue C25.en

Contactors. CL1115/02, CL1215/02, CL1315/02 1, 2 and 3 pole AC and DC NO contactors for voltages up to 1,500 V Catalogue C25.en Connect - Contact - Control 3 Contactors CL1115/02, CL1215/02, CL1315/02 1, 2 and 3 pole AC and DC NO contactors for voltages up to 1,500 V Catalogue C25.en 2 CL1115/02, CL1215/02, CL1315/02 1, 2 and 3

More information

TAE pole Contactors

TAE pole Contactors TAE9...26 3-pole Contactors d.c. operated with double-winding coil SB8033C3 Utilisation TAE9 to TAE26 contactors are a compliment to the DC control contactor range. The coils have large voltage ranges

More information